]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Updated
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c ======================================================================
14 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
15 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
16 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
17 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
18 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
19 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
20 @c those working on the manual itself.
21 @c ======================================================================
22
23 @ifclear PUBLISH
24 @ifclear DISTRIB
25 @ifclear PROOF
26 @set DISTRIB
27 @end ifclear
28 @end ifclear
29 @end ifclear
30
31 @ifset PUBLISH
32 @set RENDITION The book, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset DISTRIB
36 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @ifset PROOF
40 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
41 @end ifset
42
43 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
44 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
45 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
46 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
47 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
48 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
49 @c both at the same time, is a good way to proceed.
50 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
51
52 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
53
54 @macro UNREVISED
55 @ifclear PUBLISH
56 @quotation
57 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
58 @end quotation
59 @end ifclear
60 @end macro
61
62 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
63
64 @macro FIXME{string}
65 @allow-recursion
66 @quote-arg
67 @ifset PROOF
68 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
69 @end ifset
70
71 @end macro
72
73 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
74 @quote-arg
75 @ifset PROOF
76 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
77 @end ifset
78
79 @end macro
80
81 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
82 @quote-arg
83 @ifset PROOF
84 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
85 @end ifset
86
87 @end macro
88
89 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
90 @quote-arg
91 @ifset PROOF
92 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
93 @end ifset
94
95 @end macro
96
97 @c @macro option{entry}
98 @c @quote-arg
99 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
100 @c @value{\entry\}
101 @c @end macro
102
103 @macro GNUTAR
104 @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
105 @end macro
106
107 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
108 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
109 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
110 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
111
112 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
113 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
114 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
115 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
116
117 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
118 @set ref-append @ref{add}
119 @set xref-append @xref{add}
120 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
121
122 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
123 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
124 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
125 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
126
127 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
128 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
129 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
130 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
131
132 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
133 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
134 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
135 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
136
137 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
138 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
139 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
140 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
141
142 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-j})
143 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
144 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
145 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
146
147 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links} (@kbd{-l})
148 @set ref-check-links @ref{--check-links}
149 @set xref-check-links @xref{--check-links}
150 @set pxref-check-links @pxref{--check-links}
151
152 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
153 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
154 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
155 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
156
157 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links}
158
159 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
160 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
161 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
162 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
163
164 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
165 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
166 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
167 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
168
169 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
170 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
171 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
172 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
173
174 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
175 @set ref-create @ref{create}
176 @set xref-create @xref{create}
177 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
178
179 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
180 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
181 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
182 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
183
184 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
185 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
186 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
187 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
188
189 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
190 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
191 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
192 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
193
194 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
195 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
196 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
197 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
198
199 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
200 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
201 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
202 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
203
204 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
205 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
206 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
207 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
208
209 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
210 @set ref-file @ref{file}
211 @set xref-file @xref{file}
212 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
213
214 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
215 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
216 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
217 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
218
219 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
220 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
221 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
222 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
223
224 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
225 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
226 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
227 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
228
229 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
230 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
231 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
232 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
233
234 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
235 @set ref-help @ref{help}
236 @set xref-help @xref{help}
237 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
238
239 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
240 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{create options}
241 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{create options}
242 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{create options}
243
244 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
245 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
246 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
247 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
248
249 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
250 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
251 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
252 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
253
254 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
255 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
256 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
257 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
258
259 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
260 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
261 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
262 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
263
264 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
265 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Keep Old Files}
266 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Keep Old Files}
267 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Keep Old Files}
268
269 @set op-keep-newer-files @kbd{--keep-old-files}
270 @set ref-keep-newer-files @ref{Keep Newer Files}
271 @set xref-keep-newer-files @xref{Keep Newer Files}
272 @set pxref-keep-newer-files @pxref{Keep Newer Files}
273
274 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
275 @set ref-label @ref{label}
276 @set xref-label @xref{label}
277 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
278
279 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
280 @set ref-list @ref{list}
281 @set xref-list @xref{list}
282 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
283
284 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
285 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
286 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
287 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
288
289 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
290 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
291 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
292 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
293
294 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
295 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
296 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
297 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
298
299 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
300 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
301 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
302 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
303
304 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
305 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
306 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
307 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
308
309 @set op-no-same-owner @kbd{--no-same-owner} (@kbd{-o})
310 @set ref-no-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
311 @set xref-no-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
312 @set pxref-no-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
313
314 @set op-no-same-permissions @kbd{--no-same-permissions}
315 @set ref-no-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
316 @set xref-no-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
317 @set pxref-no-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
318
319 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
320 @set ref-null @ref{files}
321 @set xref-null @xref{files}
322 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
323
324 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
325 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
326 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
327 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
328
329 @set op-occurrence @kbd{--occurrence}
330 @set ref-occurrence @ref{--occurrence}
331 @set xref-occurrence @xref{--occurrence}
332 @set pxref-occurrence @pxref{--occurrence}
333
334 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
335 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
336 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
337 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
338
339 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
340 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
341 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
342 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
343
344 @set op-overwrite @kbd{--overwrite}
345 @set ref-overwrite @ref{Overwrite Old Files}
346 @set xref-overwrite @xref{Overwrite Old Files}
347 @set pxref-overwrite @pxref{Overwrite Old Files}
348
349 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
350 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
351 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
352 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
353
354 @set op-format @kbd{--format}
355 @set ref-format @ref{format}
356 @set xref-format @xref{format}
357 @set pxref-format @pxref{format}
358
359 @set op-format-v7 @kbd{--format=v7}
360 @set op-format-gnu @kbd{--format=gnu}
361 @set op-format-oldgnu @kbd{--format=oldgnu}
362 @set op-format-posix @kbd{--format=posix}
363 @set op-format-ustar @kbd{--format=ustar}
364
365 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
366 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
367 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
368 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
369
370 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
371 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
372 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
373 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
374
375 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
376 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
377 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
378 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
379
380 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
381 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
382 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
383 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
384
385 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
386 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
387 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
388 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
389 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
390
391 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
392 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
393 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
394 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
395
396 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
397
398 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
399 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
400 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
401 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
402 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
403
404 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
405 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
406 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
407 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
408
409 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
410 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
411 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
412 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
413 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
414
415 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
416 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
417 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
418 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
419
420 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
421 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
422 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
423 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
424
425 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
426 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
427 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
428 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
429
430 @set op-strip-path @kbd{--strip-path}
431 @set ref-strip-path @ref{--strip-path}
432 @set xref-strip-path @xref{--strip-path}
433 @set pxref-strip-path @pxref{--strip-path}
434
435 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
436 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
437 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
438 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
439
440 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
441 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
442 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
443 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
444
445 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
446 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
447 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
448 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
449
450 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
451 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
452 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
453 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
454
455 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
456 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
457 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
458 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
459
460 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
461 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
462 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
463 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
464
465 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
466 @set ref-update @ref{update}
467 @set xref-update @xref{update}
468 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
469
470 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
471 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
472 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
473 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
474
475 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
476 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
477 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
478 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
479
480 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
481 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
482 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
483 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
484
485 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
486 @set ref-version @ref{help}
487 @set xref-version @xref{help}
488 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
489
490 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
491 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
492 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
493 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
494
495 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
496 @syncodeindex fn cp
497 @syncodeindex ky cp
498 @syncodeindex pg cp
499 @syncodeindex vr cp
500
501 @defindex op
502 @syncodeindex op cp
503
504 @copying
505
506 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
507 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
508 from archives.
509
510 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
511 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
512
513 @quotation
514 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
515 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
516 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
517 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
518 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
519 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
520 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
521
522 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
523 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
524 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
525 @end quotation
526 @end copying
527
528 @dircategory Archiving
529 @direntry
530 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
531 @end direntry
532
533 @dircategory Individual utilities
534 @direntry
535 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
536 @end direntry
537
538 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
539
540 @titlepage
541 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
542 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
543 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
544 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
545 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
546 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
547
548 @page
549 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
550 @insertcopying
551 @end titlepage
552
553 @ifnottex
554 @node Top
555 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
556
557 @insertcopying
558
559 @cindex file archival
560 @cindex archiving files
561
562 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
563 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
564 @end ifnottex
565
566 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
567 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
568
569 @menu
570 * Introduction::
571 * Tutorial::
572 * tar invocation::
573 * operations::
574 * Backups::
575 * Choosing::
576 * Date input formats::
577 * Formats::
578 * Media::
579 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
580 * Copying This Manual::
581 * Index::
582
583 @detailmenu
584 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
585
586 Introduction
587
588 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
589 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
590 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
591 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
592 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
593 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
594 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
595
596 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
597
598 * assumptions::
599 * stylistic conventions::
600 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
601 * frequent operations::
602 * Two Frequent Options::
603 * create:: How to Create Archives
604 * list:: How to List Archives
605 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
606 * going further::
607
608 Two Frequently Used Options
609
610 * file tutorial::
611 * verbose tutorial::
612 * help tutorial::
613
614 How to Create Archives
615
616 * prepare for examples::
617 * Creating the archive::
618 * create verbose::
619 * short create::
620 * create dir::
621
622 How to List Archives
623
624 * list dir::
625
626 How to Extract Members from an Archive
627
628 * extracting archives::
629 * extracting files::
630 * extract dir::
631 * failing commands::
632
633 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
634
635 * Synopsis::
636 * using tar options::
637 * Styles::
638 * All Options::
639 * help::
640 * verbose::
641 * interactive::
642
643 The Three Option Styles
644
645 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
646 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
647 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
648 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
649
650 All @command{tar} Options
651
652 * Operation Summary::
653 * Option Summary::
654 * Short Option Summary::
655
656 @GNUTAR{} Operations
657
658 * Basic tar::
659 * Advanced tar::
660 * create options::
661 * extract options::
662 * backup::
663 * Applications::
664 * looking ahead::
665
666 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
667
668 * Operations::
669 * append::
670 * update::
671 * concatenate::
672 * delete::
673 * compare::
674
675 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
676
677 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
678 * multiple::
679
680 Updating an Archive
681
682 * how to update::
683
684 Options Used by @code{--create}
685
686 * Ignore Failed Read::
687
688 Options Used by @code{--extract}
689
690 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
691 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
692 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
693
694 Options to Help Read Archives
695
696 * read full records::
697 * Ignore Zeros::
698
699 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
700
701 * Dealing with Old Files::
702 * Overwrite Old Files::
703 * Keep Old Files::
704 * Keep Newer Files::
705 * Unlink First::
706 * Recursive Unlink::
707 * Modification Times::
708 * Setting Access Permissions::
709 * Writing to Standard Output::
710 * remove files::
711
712 Coping with Scarce Resources
713
714 * Starting File::
715 * Same Order::
716
717 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
718
719 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
720 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
721 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
722 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
723 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
724 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
725 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
726
727 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
728
729 * General-Purpose Variables::
730 * Magnetic Tape Control::
731 * User Hooks::
732 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
733
734 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
735
736 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
737 * Selecting Archive Members::
738 * files:: Reading Names from a File
739 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
740 * Wildcards::
741 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
742 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
743 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
744
745 Reading Names from a File
746
747 * nul::
748
749 Excluding Some Files
750
751 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
752 * problems with exclude::
753
754 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
755
756 * directory:: Changing Directory
757 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
758
759 Date input formats
760
761 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
762 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
763 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
764 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
765 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
766 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
767 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
768 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
769 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
770
771 Controlling the Archive Format
772
773 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
774 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
775 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
776 * Standard:: The Standard Format
777 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
778 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
779
780 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
781
782 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
783 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
784 * old:: Old V7 Archives
785 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
786 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
787 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
788
789 Using Less Space through Compression
790
791 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
792 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
793
794 Tapes and Other Archive Media
795
796 * Device:: Device selection and switching
797 * Remote Tape Server::
798 * Common Problems and Solutions::
799 * Blocking:: Blocking
800 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
801 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
802 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
803 * verify::
804 * Write Protection::
805
806 Blocking
807
808 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
809 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
810
811 Many Archives on One Tape
812
813 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
814 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
815
816 Using Multiple Tapes
817
818 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
819 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
820
821 Copying This Manual
822
823 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
824
825 @end detailmenu
826 @end menu
827
828 @node Introduction
829 @chapter Introduction
830
831 @GNUTAR{} creates
832 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
833 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
834 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
835 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
836 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
837
838 @menu
839 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
840 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
841 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
842 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
843 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
844 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
845 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
846 @end menu
847
848 @node Book Contents
849 @section What this Book Contains
850
851 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
852 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
853 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
854 or comments.
855
856 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
857 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
858 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
859 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
860 progressive order, building on information already explained.
861
862 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
863 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
864 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
865 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
866 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
867 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
868 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
869 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
870 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
871 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
872
873 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
874 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
875
876 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
877 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
878 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
879 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
880 about a specific topic.
881
882 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
883 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
884 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
885 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
886
887 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
888 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
889 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
890 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
891 indicate this.)
892
893 @node Definitions
894 @section Some Definitions
895
896 @cindex archive
897 @cindex tar archive
898 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
899 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
900 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
901 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
902 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
903 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
904 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
905 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
906
907 @cindex member
908 @cindex archive member
909 @cindex file name
910 @cindex member name
911 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
912 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
913 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
914 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
915 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
916 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
917 archive.
918
919 @cindex extraction
920 @cindex unpacking
921 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
922 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
923 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
924 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
925 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
926 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
927 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
928 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
929 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
930 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
931 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
932
933 @node What tar Does
934 @section What @command{tar} Does
935
936 @cindex tar
937 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
938 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
939 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
940 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
941 stored.
942
943 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
944 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
945 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
946 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
947 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
948
949 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
950
951 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
952 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
953
954 @table @asis
955 @item Storage
956 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
957 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
958 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
959 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
960 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
961 unit.
962
963 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
964 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
965 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
966 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
967 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
968 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
969 archives useful.
970
971 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
972 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
973 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
974 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
975 all dimensions, even time!)
976
977 @item Backup
978 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
979 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
980 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
981 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
982 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
983 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
984 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
985 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
986 filesystem.
987
988 @item Transportation
989 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
990 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
991 files from one system to another.
992 @end table
993
994 @node Naming tar Archives
995 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
996
997 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
998 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
999 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
1000 it and to make examples more clear.
1001
1002 @cindex tar file
1003 @cindex entry
1004 @cindex tar entry
1005 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
1006 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
1007 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
1008 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
1009 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
1010
1011 @node Current status
1012 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
1013
1014 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
1015 primary aims are:
1016
1017 @itemize @bullet
1018 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
1019 implementations.
1020 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
1021 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
1022 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
1023 @end itemize
1024
1025 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
1026 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
1027 following issues need special mentioning:
1028
1029 @table @asis
1030 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
1031
1032 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
1033 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
1034
1035 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
1036 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
1037 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
1038
1039 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
1040 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
1041 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
1042
1043 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
1044 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
1045 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
1046 of this issue and its implications.
1047
1048 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
1049 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
1050
1051 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
1052
1053 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
1054 synonym for @samp{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
1055 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
1056 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
1057 @option{--check-links}.
1058
1059 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
1060
1061 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
1062
1063 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
1064
1065 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
1066 @end table
1067
1068 @node Authors
1069 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
1070
1071 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
1072 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
1073 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
1074 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
1075 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
1076 numerous and kind users.
1077
1078 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
1079 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
1080 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
1081 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
1082 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
1083
1084 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1085 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1086 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1087 i'll think about it.}
1088
1089 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1090 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1091
1092 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
1093 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
1094 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
1095 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
1096 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
1097 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
1098 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
1099 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
1100 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
1101 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
1102 thing.}
1103
1104 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1105 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1106
1107 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at @url{savannah.gnu.org}, and
1108 an active development and maintenance work has started
1109 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
1110 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
1111
1112 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
1113
1114 @node Reports
1115 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1116
1117 @cindex bug reports
1118 @cindex reporting bugs
1119 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1120 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1121
1122 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
1123 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
1124 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
1125 manual}.
1126
1127 @node Tutorial
1128 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
1129
1130 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
1131 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1132 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
1133 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1134 details about how @command{tar} works.
1135
1136 @menu
1137 * assumptions::
1138 * stylistic conventions::
1139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1140 * frequent operations::
1141 * Two Frequent Options::
1142 * create:: How to Create Archives
1143 * list:: How to List Archives
1144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1145 * going further::
1146 @end menu
1147
1148 @node assumptions
1149 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1150
1151 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
1152 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1153 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1154 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1155 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1156
1157 @itemize @bullet
1158 @item
1159 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1160 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1161 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1162 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1163 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1164 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1165 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1166 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1167 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1168 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1169 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
1170 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
1171 else?}
1172
1173 @item
1174 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1175 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1176 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1177 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1178 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1179 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1180 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1181
1182 @item
1183 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1184 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1185 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1186 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1187 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1188 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1189 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1190 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1191 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
1192
1193 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1194 @end itemize
1195
1196 @node stylistic conventions
1197 @section Stylistic Conventions
1198
1199 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1200 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1201 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1202 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1203 sometimes @samp{like this}.
1204
1205 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
1206 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1207
1208 @node basic tar options
1209 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1210
1211 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1212 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1213 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1214 operations, and options.
1215
1216 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1217 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
1218 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1219 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1220 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1221 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1222
1223 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1224 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1225 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
1226 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1227 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1228 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1229
1230 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
1231 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
1232 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
1233 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1234 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1235 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1236 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1237 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
1238 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
1239 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
1240 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
1241 @ref{Short Options}.)
1242
1243 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1244 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1245 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
1246 For example, instead of typing
1247
1248 @smallexample
1249 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1250 @end smallexample
1251
1252 @noindent
1253 you can type
1254 @smallexample
1255 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1256 @end smallexample
1257
1258 @noindent
1259 or even
1260 @smallexample
1261 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1262 @end smallexample
1263
1264 @noindent
1265 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1266 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1267 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1268
1269 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1270 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1271 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1272 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
1273 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1274 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1275 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1276
1277 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1278 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
1279 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1280 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1281 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1282 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
1283 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1284 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1285 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1286 intends.
1287
1288 @node frequent operations
1289 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1290
1291 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1292 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1293 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1294 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1295
1296 @table @kbd
1297 @item --create
1298 @itemx -c
1299 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
1300 @item --list
1301 @itemx -t
1302 List the contents of an archive.
1303 @item --extract
1304 @itemx -x
1305 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1306 @end table
1307
1308 @node Two Frequent Options
1309 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1310
1311 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1312 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1313 @command{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1314 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1315 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
1316 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1317
1318 @menu
1319 * file tutorial::
1320 * verbose tutorial::
1321 * help tutorial::
1322 @end menu
1323
1324 @node file tutorial
1325 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1326
1327 @table @kbd
1328 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1329 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1330 Specify the name of an archive file.
1331 @end table
1332
1333 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1334 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1335 that @command{tar} will work on.
1336
1337 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
1338 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1339 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1340 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1341 look roughly like one of the following:
1342
1343 @smallexample
1344 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1345 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1346 @end smallexample
1347
1348 @noindent
1349 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
1350 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
1351 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1352 @ref{file}.
1353
1354 @node verbose tutorial
1355 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1356
1357 @table @kbd
1358 @item --verbose
1359 @itemx -v
1360 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
1361 @end table
1362
1363 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1364 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1365 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
1366 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1367 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1368 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1369 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1370 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1371 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1372 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1373
1374 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1375 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1376 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
1377 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1378 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1379 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1380 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1381 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 above, you might say
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1392 @end smallexample
1393
1394 @noindent
1395 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1396 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1397 twice, like this:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1401 @end smallexample
1402
1403 @noindent
1404 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1405
1406 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1407 --verbose}}.
1408
1409 @node help tutorial
1410 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1411
1412 @table @kbd
1413 @item --help
1414
1415 The @samp{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1416 all operations and option available for the current version of
1417 @command{tar} available on your system.
1418 @end table
1419
1420 @node create
1421 @section How to Create Archives
1422 @UNREVISED
1423
1424 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1425 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1426 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1427 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1428 practice on.
1429
1430 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1431 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1432 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1433 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1434 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1435 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1436 other directories and other archives.
1437
1438 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1439 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1440 @file{collection.tar}.
1441
1442 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1443 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1444 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1445 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1446 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1447 @command{tar} works.
1448
1449 @menu
1450 * prepare for examples::
1451 * Creating the archive::
1452 * create verbose::
1453 * short create::
1454 * create dir::
1455 @end menu
1456
1457 @node prepare for examples
1458 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1459
1460 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1461 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1462 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1463 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1464 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1465 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1466
1467 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1468 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1469 the full path name of this directory is
1470 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1471 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1472
1473 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1474 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1475 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1476 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1477
1478 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1479 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1480 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1481 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1482 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1483 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1484 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1485 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1486 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1487 information on how to do this.
1488
1489 @node Creating the archive
1490 @subsection Creating the Archive
1491
1492 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1493 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1494
1495 @smallexample
1496 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1497 @end smallexample
1498
1499 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1500 option forms}. You could also say:
1501
1502 @smallexample
1503 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1504 @end smallexample
1505
1506 @noindent
1507 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1508 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1509 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1510 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1511
1512 Note that the part of the command which says,
1513 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1514 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1515 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1516 archive file you create.
1517
1518 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1519 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1520 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1521 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1522 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1523 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1524
1525 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1526 is the operation which creates the new archive
1527 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1528 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1529 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1530 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation).
1531 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1532 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1533 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1534
1535 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1536 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1537 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1538
1539 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1540 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1541
1542 @smallexample
1543 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1544 @end smallexample
1545
1546 @noindent
1547 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1548 the files in the directory.
1549
1550 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1551 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1552 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1553 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1554
1555 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1556 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1557 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1558
1559 @node create verbose
1560 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1561
1562 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1563 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1564 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1565
1566 @smallexample
1567 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1568 blues
1569 folk
1570 jazz
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1574 @samp{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1575 @iftex
1576 (note the different font styles).
1577 @end iftex
1578 @ifinfo
1579 .
1580 @end ifinfo
1581
1582 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1583 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1584 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1585 understand.
1586
1587 @node short create
1588 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1589
1590 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1591 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1592 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1593 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1594 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1595 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1596 using short option forms:
1597
1598 @smallexample
1599 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1600 blues
1601 folk
1602 jazz
1603 @end smallexample
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1607 long or short option forms.
1608
1609 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1610 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1611 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1612 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1613 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1614 following way:
1615
1616 @smallexample
1617 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1618 @end smallexample
1619
1620 @noindent
1621 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1622 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1623 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1624 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1625 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1626 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1627 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1628 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1629 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1630 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1631 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1632
1633 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1634 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1635 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1636
1637 This example,
1638
1639 @smallexample
1640 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1641 @end smallexample
1642
1643 @noindent
1644 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1645 becomes much more so:
1646
1647 @smallexample
1648 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1649 @end smallexample
1650
1651 @noindent
1652 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1653 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1654 valuable data.
1655
1656 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1657 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1658 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1659 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1660 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1661 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1662 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1663 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1664
1665 @node create dir
1666 @subsection Archiving Directories
1667
1668 @cindex Archiving Directories
1669 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1670 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1671 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1672 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1673 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1674
1675 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1676 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1677 type:
1678
1679 @smallexample
1680 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1681 $
1682 @end smallexample
1683
1684 @noindent
1685 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1686 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1687 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1688 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1689
1690 @smallexample
1691 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1692 @end smallexample
1693
1694 @noindent
1695 @command{tar} should output:
1696
1697 @smallexample
1698 practice/
1699 practice/blues
1700 practice/folk
1701 practice/jazz
1702 practice/collection.tar
1703 @end smallexample
1704
1705 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1706 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1707 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1708 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1709 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1710 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1711 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1712 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1713 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1714 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1715 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1716 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1717 into the file system).
1718
1719 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1720
1721 @smallexample
1722 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1723 @end smallexample
1724
1725 @noindent
1726 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1727 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1728 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1729 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1730 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1731 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1732 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1733 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1734 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1735 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1736 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1737 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1738 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1739 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1740 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1741 directory being dumped.}
1742
1743 @node list
1744 @section How to List Archives
1745
1746 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1747 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1748 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1749 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1750 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1751 created in the last section with the command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1759
1760 @smallexample
1761 blues
1762 folk
1763 jazz
1764 @end smallexample
1765
1766 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1767 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1768
1769 @noindent
1770 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1771
1772 @smallexample
1773 ./birds
1774 baboon
1775 ./box
1776 @end smallexample
1777
1778 @noindent
1779 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1780 to specify the name of the archive.
1781
1782 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1783 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1784 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1785
1786 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1787 like:
1788
1789 @smallexample
1790 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1791 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1792 @end smallexample
1793
1794 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1795 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1796 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1797 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1798 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1799 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1800
1801 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1802 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1803 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1804 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1805 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1806 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1807 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1808 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1809 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1810 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1811 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1812
1813 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1814 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1815 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1816 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1817 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1818 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1819 stored in the specified archive.
1820
1821 @menu
1822 * list dir::
1823 @end menu
1824
1825 @node list dir
1826 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1827
1828 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1829 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1830 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1831 @value{op-verbose} option.
1832
1833 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1834 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1835
1836 @smallexample
1837 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1838 @end smallexample
1839
1840 @command{tar} responds:
1841
1842 @smallexample
1843 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1844 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1845 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1846 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1847 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1848 @end smallexample
1849
1850 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1851 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1852
1853 @node extract
1854 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1855 @UNREVISED
1856 @cindex Extraction
1857 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1858 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1859
1860 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1861 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1862 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1863 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1864 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1865 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1866 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1867 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1868
1869 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1870 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1871 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1872 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1873
1874 @menu
1875 * extracting archives::
1876 * extracting files::
1877 * extract dir::
1878 * extracting untrusted archives::
1879 * failing commands::
1880 @end menu
1881
1882 @node extracting archives
1883 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1884
1885 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1886 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1887
1888 @smallexample
1889 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1890 @end smallexample
1891
1892 @noindent
1893 produces this:
1894
1895 @smallexample
1896 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1897 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1898 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1899 @end smallexample
1900
1901 @node extracting files
1902 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1903
1904 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1905 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1906 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1907 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1908 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1909 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1910 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1911 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1912 a footnote? --gray}.
1913
1914 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1915 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1916 the files in the directory again.
1917
1918 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1919 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1920
1921 @smallexample
1922 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1923 @end smallexample
1924
1925 @noindent
1926 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1927 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1928 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1929 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1930 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1931 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1932 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1933 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1934 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1935 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1936 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1937 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1938 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1939 @value{op-list}.
1940
1941 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1942 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1943 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1944 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1945 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1946 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1947 (@pxref{list}).
1948
1949 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1950 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1951 Output}).
1952
1953 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1954 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1955
1956 @node extract dir
1957 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1958
1959 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1960 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1961 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1962 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1963 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1964 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1965 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1966 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1967 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1968 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1969 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1970 @pxref{Writing}).
1971
1972 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1973 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1974 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1975
1976 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1977 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1978 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1979 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1980 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1981 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1982 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1983 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1984 following command:
1985
1986 @smallexample
1987 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1988 practice/folk
1989 practice/jazz
1990 @end smallexample
1991
1992 @noindent
1993 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1994 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1995 in the example below:
1996
1997 @smallexample
1998 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1999 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
2000 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
2001 @end smallexample
2002
2003 @noindent
2004 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
2005 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
2006 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
2007 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
2008
2009 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
2010 will be.}
2011
2012 @node extracting untrusted archives
2013 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
2014
2015 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
2016 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
2017 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
2018 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
2019 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
2020 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
2021 extract it as follows:
2022
2023 @smallexample
2024 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
2025 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
2026 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
2027 @end smallexample
2028
2029 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
2030 before extracting it, using @option{op-list} option, possibly combined
2031 with @option{op-verbose}.
2032
2033 @node failing commands
2034 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
2035
2036 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
2037 they won't work.
2038
2039 If you try to use this command,
2040
2041 @smallexample
2042 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
2043 @end smallexample
2044
2045 @noindent
2046 you will get the following response:
2047
2048 @smallexample
2049 tar: folk: Not found in archive
2050 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
2051 $
2052 @end smallexample
2053
2054 @noindent
2055 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
2056 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
2057 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
2058
2059 @smallexample
2060 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
2061 practice/folk
2062 practice/jazz
2063 practice/rock
2064 @end smallexample
2065
2066 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
2067 order...}
2068
2069 @noindent
2070 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
2071
2072 @smallexample
2073 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
2074 @end smallexample
2075
2076 @noindent
2077 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
2078 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
2079 files from the archive.
2080
2081 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
2082 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
2083
2084 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
2085
2086 @node going further
2087 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
2088
2089 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
2090 be in the rest of the manual.}
2091
2092 @node tar invocation
2093 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
2094 @UNREVISED
2095
2096 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
2097 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
2098 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
2099 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
2100 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
2101 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
2102 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
2103 depending on what the operation is.
2104
2105 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
2106 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
2107 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
2108 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
2109 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
2110
2111 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
2112 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
2113 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
2114 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
2115 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
2116 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
2117
2118 @menu
2119 * Synopsis::
2120 * using tar options::
2121 * Styles::
2122 * All Options::
2123 * help::
2124 * verbose::
2125 * interactive::
2126 @end menu
2127
2128 @node Synopsis
2129 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
2130
2131 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
2132
2133 @smallexample
2134 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2135 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2136 @end smallexample
2137
2138 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2139
2140 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2141 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2142 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2143 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
2144 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
2145 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2146 @command{tar} is to act on.
2147
2148 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2149 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2150 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2151 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2152
2153 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2154 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2155 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2156 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2157 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2158 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2159 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2160 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2161 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
2162
2163 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2164 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
2165 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2166 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2167 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2168 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2169
2170 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2171 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2172 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2173 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
2174
2175 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2176 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2177 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2178 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2179 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2180 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
2181 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2182 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2183 sufficient for this.
2184
2185 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2186 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2187 @value{op-files-from} option.
2188
2189 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2190 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2191 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
2192 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
2193 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2194 on the entire contents of the archive.
2195
2196 @cindex exit status
2197 @cindex return status
2198 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
2199 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
2200 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
2201 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
2202 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
2203 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
2204 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
2205 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
2206 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
2207 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
2208 the error.
2209
2210 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2211 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2212 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2213 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2214 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2215 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2216
2217 @node using tar options
2218 @section Using @command{tar} Options
2219
2220 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
2221 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
2222 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
2223 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
2224 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
2225 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
2226 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
2227 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
2228 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
2229 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
2230
2231 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
2232 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2233 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2234 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2235 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2236 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2237 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2238 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2239 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2240 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2241 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2242 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2243
2244 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
2245 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
2246 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
2247 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
2248 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
2249 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
2250 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
2251
2252 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2253 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2254 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2255 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2256 write @value{op-list}.
2257
2258 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2259 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2260 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2261 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2262 styles.
2263
2264 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2265 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2266 incorporated.}
2267
2268 @node Styles
2269 @section The Three Option Styles
2270
2271 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2272 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2273 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
2274 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2275
2276 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2277 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2278 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2279 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2280 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2281 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2282 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2283 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2284 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2285 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2286 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2287 feel comfortable with the others.
2288
2289 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
2290 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
2291 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
2292 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
2293 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
2294 pay special attention to them.
2295
2296 @menu
2297 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2298 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2299 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2300 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2301 @end menu
2302
2303 @node Mnemonic Options
2304 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2305
2306 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
2307 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2308
2309 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2310 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @samp{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2311 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2312 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2313 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2314 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2315 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2316 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2317 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2318 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2319 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2320 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2321 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2322 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2323 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2324
2325 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2326 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2327 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2328
2329 @smallexample
2330 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2331 @end smallexample
2332
2333 @noindent
2334 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2335 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2336
2337 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2338 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2339 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2340 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2341 white space characters. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which
2342 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2343 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2344 @samp{--file=archive.tar} or @samp{--file archive.tar}.
2345
2346 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2347 an equal sign. For example, the @samp{--backup} option takes
2348 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2349 as @samp{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2350
2351 @node Short Options
2352 @subsection Short Option Style
2353
2354 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2355 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @samp{-t}
2356 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2357 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2358
2359 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2360
2361 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2362 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2363 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2364 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2365 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2366 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2367 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2368 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2369
2370 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2371 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2372 white space characters}.
2373
2374 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2375 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2376 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2377 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2378 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2379 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2380 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2381 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2382
2383 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2384 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2385 For example:
2386
2387 @smallexample
2388 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2389 @end smallexample
2390
2391 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2392 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2393 end up overwriting files.
2394
2395 @node Old Options
2396 @subsection Old Option Style
2397 @UNREVISED
2398
2399 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2400 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2401 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2402 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2403 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2404 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2405 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2406 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2407 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2408 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2409 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2410 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2411
2412 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2413
2414 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2415 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2416 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2417 style as follows:
2418
2419 @smallexample
2420 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2421 @end smallexample
2422
2423 @noindent
2424 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2425 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2426
2427 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2428 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2429 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2430 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2431 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2432 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2433 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2434 pertain to.
2435
2436 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2437 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2438
2439 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2440 users. For example, the two commands:
2441
2442 @smallexample
2443 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2444 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2445 @end smallexample
2446
2447 @noindent
2448 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2449 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2450 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2451 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2452
2453 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2454
2455 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2456 following are equivalent:
2457
2458 @smallexample
2459 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2460 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2461 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2462 @end smallexample
2463
2464 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2465
2466 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2467 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2468 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2469 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2470 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2471 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2472 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2473 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2474 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2475
2476 @node Mixing
2477 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2478
2479 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2480 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2481 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2482 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2483 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2484 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2485 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2486 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2487 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2488 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2489 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2490 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2491 style options.
2492
2493 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2494 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2495
2496 @smallexample
2497 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2498 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2499 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2500 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2501 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2502 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2503 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2504 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2505 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2506 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2507 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2508 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2509 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2510 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2511 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2512 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2513 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2514 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2515 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2516 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2517 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2518 @end smallexample
2519
2520 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2521 the previous set:
2522
2523 @smallexample
2524 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2525 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2526 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2527 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2528 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2529 @end smallexample
2530
2531 @noindent
2532 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2533 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2534 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2535 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2536 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2537 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2538 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2539 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2540 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2541 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2542 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2543
2544 @node All Options
2545 @section All @command{tar} Options
2546
2547 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2548 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2549 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2550 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2551 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2552 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2553
2554 @menu
2555 * Operation Summary::
2556 * Option Summary::
2557 * Short Option Summary::
2558 @end menu
2559
2560 @node Operation Summary
2561 @subsection Operations
2562
2563 @table @kbd
2564
2565 @item --append
2566 @itemx -r
2567
2568 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2569
2570 @item --catenate
2571 @itemx -A
2572
2573 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2574
2575 @item --compare
2576 @itemx -d
2577
2578 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2579 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2580 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2581
2582 @item --concatenate
2583 @itemx -A
2584
2585 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2586 @xref{concatenate}.
2587
2588 @item --create
2589 @itemx -c
2590
2591 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2592
2593 @item --delete
2594
2595 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2596 tape! @xref{delete}.
2597
2598 @item --diff
2599 @itemx -d
2600
2601 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2602
2603 @item --extract
2604 @itemx -x
2605
2606 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2607
2608 @item --get
2609 @itemx -x
2610
2611 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2612
2613 @item --list
2614 @itemx -t
2615
2616 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2617
2618 @item --update
2619 @itemx -u
2620
2621 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and
2622 @samp{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2623 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2624 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2625 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2626 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2627 @xref{update}.
2628
2629 @end table
2630
2631 @node Option Summary
2632 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2633
2634 @table @kbd
2635
2636 @item --absolute-names
2637 @itemx -P
2638
2639 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2640 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2641 @FIXME-xref{}
2642
2643 @item --after-date
2644
2645 (See @samp{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2646
2647 @item --anchored
2648 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2649 @FIXME-xref{}
2650
2651 @item --atime-preserve
2652
2653 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2654 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2655 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2656 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2657 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2658 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2659 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2660 unless you're root.
2661 @FIXME-xref{}
2662
2663 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2664
2665 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2666 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2667 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2668
2669 @item --block-number
2670 @itemx -R
2671
2672 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2673 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2674
2675 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2676 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2677
2678 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2679 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2680
2681 @item --bzip2
2682 @itemx -j
2683
2684 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2685 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2686
2687 @item --checkpoint
2688
2689 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2690 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2691 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2692 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2693
2694 @item --check-links
2695 @itemx -l
2696 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2697 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2698 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2699 output.
2700
2701 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2702 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2703 semantics for @option{-l}.
2704
2705 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2706
2707 @item --compress
2708 @itemx --uncompress
2709 @itemx -Z
2710
2711 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2712 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2713 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2714
2715 @item --confirmation
2716
2717 (See @samp{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2718
2719 @item --dereference
2720 @itemx -h
2721
2722 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2723 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2724 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2725
2726 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2727 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2728
2729 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2730 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2731 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2732
2733 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2734
2735 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2736 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2737
2738 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2739 @itemx -X @var{file}
2740
2741 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2742 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2743
2744 @item --file=@var{archive}
2745 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2746
2747 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2748 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2749 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2750
2751 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2752 @itemx -T @var{file}
2753
2754 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2755 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2756 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2757
2758 @item --force-local
2759
2760 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file}
2761 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2762 @FIXME-xref{}
2763
2764 @item --format=@var{format}
2765
2766 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2767 following:
2768
2769 @table @samp
2770 @item v7
2771 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2772
2773 @item oldgnu
2774 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2775 1.12 or earlier.
2776
2777 @item gnu
2778 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2779 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2780 numeric fields.
2781
2782 @item ustar
2783 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2784
2785 @item posix
2786 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2787
2788 @end table
2789
2790 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2791
2792 @item --group=@var{group}
2793
2794 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2795 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2796 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2797 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2798
2799 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2800
2801 @item --gzip
2802 @itemx --gunzip
2803 @itemx --ungzip
2804 @itemx -z
2805
2806 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2807 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2808 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2809
2810 @item --help
2811
2812 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2813 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2814
2815 @item --ignore-case
2816 Ignore case when excluding files.
2817 @FIXME-xref{}
2818
2819 @item --ignore-failed-read
2820
2821 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2822 @xref{Reading}.
2823
2824 @item --ignore-zeros
2825 @itemx -i
2826
2827 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2828 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2829
2830 @item --incremental
2831 @itemx -G
2832
2833 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2834 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2835 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2836
2837 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2838
2839 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2840
2841 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2842 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2843 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2844
2845 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2846 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2847 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2848
2849 @item --interactive
2850 @itemx --confirmation
2851 @itemx -w
2852
2853 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2854 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2855 @FIXME-xref{}
2856
2857 @item --keep-newer-files
2858
2859 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2860 when extracting files from an archive.
2861
2862 @item --keep-old-files
2863 @itemx -k
2864
2865 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2866 @xref{Writing}.
2867
2868 @item --label=@var{name}
2869 @itemx -V @var{name}
2870
2871 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2872 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2873 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2874 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2875
2876 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2877 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2878
2879 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2880 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2881 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2882 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2883 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2884
2885 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2886
2887 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2888 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2889 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2890 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2891 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2892 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2893 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2894 permission system.
2895
2896 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2897 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2898 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2899 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2900 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2901
2902 @item --multi-volume
2903 @itemx -M
2904
2905 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2906 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2907
2908 @item --new-volume-script
2909
2910 (see --info-script)
2911
2912 @item --newer=@var{date}
2913 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2914 @itemx -N
2915
2916 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2917 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2918 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2919 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2920
2921 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2922
2923 Like @samp{--newer}, but add only files whose
2924 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2925 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2926
2927 @item --no-anchored
2928 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2929 @FIXME-xref{}
2930
2931 @item --no-ignore-case
2932 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2933 @FIXME-xref{}
2934
2935 @item --no-recursion
2936
2937 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2938 @FIXME-xref{}
2939
2940 @item --no-same-owner
2941 @itemx -o
2942
2943 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2944 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2945 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2946
2947 @item --no-same-permissions
2948
2949 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2950 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2951 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2952
2953 @item --no-wildcards
2954 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2955 @FIXME-xref{}
2956
2957 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2958 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2959 @FIXME-xref{}
2960
2961 @item --null
2962
2963 When @command{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2964 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2965 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2966 @FIXME-xref{}
2967
2968 @item --numeric-owner
2969
2970 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2971 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2972 @FIXME-xref{}
2973
2974 @item -o
2975 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2976 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2977 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2978
2979 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2980 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2981 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2982 removed in the future releases.
2983
2984 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2985
2986 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2987
2988 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2989 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2990 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2991 line or via @option{-T} option.
2992
2993 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2994 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2995
2996 @smallexample
2997 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2998 @end smallexample
2999
3000 @noindent
3001 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3002 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3003
3004 @item --old-archive
3005 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3006
3007 @item --one-file-system
3008 @itemx -l
3009 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3010 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3011 directory.
3012
3013 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
3014 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
3015 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
3016 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
3017 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
3018
3019 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3020
3021 @item --overwrite
3022
3023 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3024 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3025
3026 @item --overwrite-dir
3027
3028 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3029 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3030
3031 @item --owner=@var{user}
3032
3033 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3034 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3035 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
3036 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
3037 @FIXME-xref{}
3038
3039 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
3040 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
3041 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
3042 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
3043
3044 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3045
3046 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3047
3048 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
3049 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3050 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3051 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
3052 the following forms:
3053
3054 @table @asis
3055 @item delete=@var{pattern}
3056 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
3057 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
3058 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
3059
3060 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
3061 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
3062 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
3063 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
3064 man 7 glob}. For example:
3065
3066 @smallexample
3067 --pax-option delete=security.*
3068 @end smallexample
3069
3070 would suppress security-related information.
3071
3072 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
3073
3074 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
3075 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
3076 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
3077
3078 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3079 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3080 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
3081 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
3082 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
3083 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
3084 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3085 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3086 @end multitable
3087
3088 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
3089 results.
3090
3091 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3092 will use the following default value:
3093
3094 @smallexample
3095 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
3096 @end smallexample
3097
3098 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
3099 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
3100 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
3101 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
3102 following character substitutions have been made:
3103
3104 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3105 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3106 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
3107 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
3108 starting at 1.
3109 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3110 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3111 @end multitable
3112
3113 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
3114
3115 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3116 will use the following default value:
3117
3118 @smallexample
3119 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
3120 @end smallexample
3121
3122 @noindent
3123 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
3124 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
3125 uses @samp{/tmp}.
3126
3127 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3128 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3129 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
3130 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
3131 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
3132 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
3133 record.
3134
3135 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
3136 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3137 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
3138 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3139 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
3140
3141 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
3142 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
3143 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
3144 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
3145 For example, in the command:
3146
3147 @smallexample
3148 tar --format=posix --create \
3149 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
3150 @end smallexample
3151
3152 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
3153 stored in the archive.
3154 @end table
3155
3156 @item --portability
3157 @itemx --old-archive
3158 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3159
3160 @item --posix
3161 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3162
3163 @item --preserve
3164
3165 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
3166 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
3167
3168 @item --preserve-order
3169
3170 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3171
3172 @item --preserve-permissions
3173 @itemx --same-permissions
3174 @itemx -p
3175
3176 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3177 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3178 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3179 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3180 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3181
3182 @item --read-full-records
3183 @itemx -B
3184
3185 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3186 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3187
3188 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3189
3190 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3191 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3192
3193 @item --recursion
3194
3195 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
3196 @FIXME-xref{}
3197
3198 @item --recursive-unlink
3199
3200 Remove existing
3201 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3202 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3203
3204 @item --remove-files
3205
3206 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3207 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3208
3209 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3210
3211 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3212 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
3213
3214 @item --same-order
3215 @itemx --preserve-order
3216 @itemx -s
3217
3218 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3219 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3220 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3221 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3222
3223 @item --same-owner
3224
3225 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3226 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3227 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3228 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
3229
3230 @item --same-permissions
3231
3232 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
3233
3234 @item --show-defaults
3235
3236 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3237 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3238 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3239
3240 @smallexample
3241 $ tar --show-defaults
3242 --format=gnu -f- -b20
3243 @end smallexample
3244
3245 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3246
3247 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
3248 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3249
3250 @item --sparse
3251 @itemx -S
3252
3253 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3254 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
3255
3256 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3257 @itemx -K @var{name}
3258
3259 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3260 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3261 @xref{Scarce}.
3262
3263 @item --strip-path=@var{number}
3264 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3265 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3266 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3267
3268 @smallexample
3269 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-path=2
3270 @end smallexample
3271
3272 @noindent
3273 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3274
3275 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3276
3277 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3278 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
3279
3280 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3281 @itemx -L @var{num}
3282
3283 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3284 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
3285
3286 @item --to-stdout
3287 @itemx -O
3288
3289 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3290 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
3291
3292 @item --totals
3293
3294 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3295 @FIXME-xref{}
3296
3297 @item --touch
3298 @itemx -m
3299
3300 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3301 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
3302 @xref{Writing}.
3303
3304 @item --uncompress
3305
3306 (See @samp{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3307
3308 @item --ungzip
3309
3310 (See @samp{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3311
3312 @item --unlink-first
3313 @itemx -U
3314
3315 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3316 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3317
3318 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3319
3320 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3321 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
3322
3323 @item --utc
3324
3325 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3326 @samp{--verbose}.
3327
3328 @item --verbose
3329 @itemx -v
3330
3331 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3332 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3333 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
3334
3335 @item --verify
3336 @itemx -W
3337
3338 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3339 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3340
3341 @item --version
3342
3343 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3344 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3345 @FIXME-xref{}
3346
3347 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3348
3349 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3350 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3351 @FIXME-xref{}
3352
3353 @item --wildcards
3354 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3355 @FIXME-xref{}
3356
3357 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3358 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3359 @FIXME-xref{}
3360 @end table
3361
3362 @node Short Option Summary
3363 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3364
3365 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3366 them with the equivalent long option.
3367
3368 @table @kbd
3369
3370 @item -A
3371
3372 @samp{--concatenate}
3373
3374 @item -B
3375
3376 @samp{--read-full-records}
3377
3378 @item -C
3379
3380 @samp{--directory}
3381
3382 @item -F
3383
3384 @samp{--info-script}
3385
3386 @item -G
3387
3388 @samp{--incremental}
3389
3390 @item -K
3391
3392 @samp{--starting-file}
3393
3394 @item -L
3395
3396 @samp{--tape-length}
3397
3398 @item -M
3399
3400 @samp{--multi-volume}
3401
3402 @item -N
3403
3404 @samp{--newer}
3405
3406 @item -O
3407
3408 @samp{--to-stdout}
3409
3410 @item -P
3411
3412 @samp{--absolute-names}
3413
3414 @item -R
3415
3416 @samp{--block-number}
3417
3418 @item -S
3419
3420 @samp{--sparse}
3421
3422 @item -T
3423
3424 @samp{--files-from}
3425
3426 @item -U
3427
3428 @samp{--unlink-first}
3429
3430 @item -V
3431
3432 @samp{--label}
3433
3434 @item -W
3435
3436 @samp{--verify}
3437
3438 @item -X
3439
3440 @samp{--exclude-from}
3441
3442 @item -Z
3443
3444 @samp{--compress}
3445
3446 @item -b
3447
3448 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3449
3450 @item -c
3451
3452 @samp{--create}
3453
3454 @item -d
3455
3456 @samp{--compare}
3457
3458 @item -f
3459
3460 @samp{--file}
3461
3462 @item -g
3463
3464 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3465
3466 @item -h
3467
3468 @samp{--dereference}
3469
3470 @item -i
3471
3472 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3473
3474 @item -j
3475
3476 @samp{--bzip2}
3477
3478 @item -k
3479
3480 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3481
3482 @item -l
3483
3484 @samp{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3485 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3486 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3487
3488 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3489
3490 @item -m
3491
3492 @samp{--touch}
3493
3494 @item -o
3495
3496 When creating --- @samp{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3497 @samp{--portability}.
3498
3499 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3500 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3501 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @samp{--no-same-owner} only.
3502
3503 @item -p
3504
3505 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3506
3507 @item -r
3508
3509 @samp{--append}
3510
3511 @item -s
3512
3513 @samp{--same-order}
3514
3515 @item -t
3516
3517 @samp{--list}
3518
3519 @item -u
3520
3521 @samp{--update}
3522
3523 @item -v
3524
3525 @samp{--verbose}
3526
3527 @item -w
3528
3529 @samp{--interactive}
3530
3531 @item -x
3532
3533 @samp{--extract}
3534
3535 @item -z
3536
3537 @samp{--gzip}
3538
3539 @end table
3540
3541 @node help
3542 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3543
3544 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3545 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3546 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3547 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3548 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3549 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3550 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3551 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3552
3553 @smallexample
3554 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3555 @end smallexample
3556
3557 @noindent
3558 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3559 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3560 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3561 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3562 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3563 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3564 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3565 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3566 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3567 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3568
3569 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3570 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3571 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3572 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3573 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3574 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3575 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3576 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3577 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3578 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3579
3580 @smallexample
3581 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3582 @end smallexample
3583
3584 @noindent
3585 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3586 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3587 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3588 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3589
3590 @smallexample
3591 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3592 @end smallexample
3593
3594 @noindent
3595 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3596
3597 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3598 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3599 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3600 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3601 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3602
3603 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3604 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3605 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3606 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3607 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3608 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3609 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3610 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3611 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3612 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3613 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3614 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3615 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3616 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3617
3618 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3619 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3620 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3621 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3622 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3623 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3624
3625 @node verbose
3626 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3627
3628 @cindex Progress information
3629 @cindex Status information
3630 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3631 @cindex Verbose operation
3632 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3633 @cindex Error message, block number of
3634 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3635
3636 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3637 @cindex Information during operation
3638 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3639
3640 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3641 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3642 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3643 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3644 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3645 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3646 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3647 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3648 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3649 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3650 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3651 helpful diagnostic tools.
3652
3653 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3654 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3655 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3656 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3657 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3658 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3659
3660 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3661 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3662 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3663 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3664 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3665 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3666 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3667 long list output:
3668
3669 @smallexample
3670 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3671 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3672 @end smallexample
3673
3674 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3675 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3676 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3677 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3678 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3679
3680 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3681 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3682 error.
3683
3684 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3685 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3686 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3687
3688 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3689 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3690 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3691 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3692 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3693 is actually making forward progress.
3694
3695 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3696 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3697
3698 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3699 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3700 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3701 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3702 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3703 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3704 some other reason.
3705
3706 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3707 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3708 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3709 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3710 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3711 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3712 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3713 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3714 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3715 archive from a pipe.
3716
3717 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3718 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3719 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3720 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3721 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3722 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3723 backup section written.}
3724
3725 @node interactive
3726 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3727 @cindex Interactive operation
3728
3729 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3730 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3731 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3732 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3733 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3734 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3735 @command{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3736
3737 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3738 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3739 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3740 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3741 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3742 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3743 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3744 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3745 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3746
3747 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3748 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3749 communications.
3750
3751 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3752 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3753 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3754 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3755 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3756 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3757 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3758 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3759 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3760 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3761 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3762
3763 @node operations
3764 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3765
3766 @menu
3767 * Basic tar::
3768 * Advanced tar::
3769 * create options::
3770 * extract options::
3771 * backup::
3772 * Applications::
3773 * looking ahead::
3774 @end menu
3775
3776 @node Basic tar
3777 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3778
3779 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3780 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3781 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3782 for these operations.
3783
3784 @table @asis
3785 @item @value{op-create}
3786
3787 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3788 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3789 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3790 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3791 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3792 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3793 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3794 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3795 common errors are:
3796
3797 @enumerate
3798 @item
3799 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3800 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3801 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3802 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3803 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3804 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3805
3806 @item
3807 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3808 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3809 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3810 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3811 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3812 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3813 @end enumerate
3814
3815 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3816 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3817 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3818 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3819 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3820 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3821 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3822 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3823
3824 @smallexample
3825 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3826 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3827 @end smallexample
3828
3829 @item @value{op-extract}
3830
3831 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3832
3833 @item @value{op-list}
3834
3835 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3836 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3837 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3838 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3839 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3840 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3841 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3842 that's really the way to go.
3843
3844 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3845 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3846
3847 @end table
3848
3849 @node Advanced tar
3850 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3851
3852 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3853 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3854
3855 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3856 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3857 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3858 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3859 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3860 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3861 error correction in special circumstances.
3862
3863 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3864 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3865
3866 @menu
3867 * Operations::
3868 * append::
3869 * update::
3870 * concatenate::
3871 * delete::
3872 * compare::
3873 @end menu
3874
3875 @node Operations
3876 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3877 @UNREVISED
3878
3879 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3880 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3881 @command{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3882 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3883
3884 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3885 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3886 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3887 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3888 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3889 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3890 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3891 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3892
3893 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3894 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3895 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3896 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3897
3898 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3899 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3900 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3901 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3902 where the last chapter left them.)
3903
3904 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3905
3906 @table @kbd
3907 @item --append
3908 @itemx -r
3909 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3910 @item --update
3911 @itemx -r
3912 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3913 they exist.
3914 @item --concatenate
3915 @itemx --catenate
3916 @itemx -A
3917 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3918 @item --delete
3919 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3920 @item --compare
3921 @itemx --diff
3922 @itemx -d
3923 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3924 @end table
3925
3926 @node append
3927 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3928 @UNREVISED
3929
3930 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3931 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3932 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3933 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3934 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3935 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3936
3937 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3938 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3939 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3940 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3941 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3942 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3943 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3944 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3945
3946 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3947 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3948 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3949 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3950 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3951 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3952 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3953 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3954 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3955 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3956 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3957 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3958 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3959 extracted before it, and so on.
3960
3961 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3962 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3963 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3964 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3965 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3966 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3967 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3968 the command
3969
3970 @smallexample
3971 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3972 @end smallexample
3973
3974 @noindent
3975 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3976
3977 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3978 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3979
3980 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3981 with the Same Name.}
3982
3983 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3984 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3985 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3986 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3987 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3988 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3989 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3990 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3991 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3992 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3993
3994 @menu
3995 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3996 * multiple::
3997 @end menu
3998
3999 @node appending files
4000 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4001 @UNREVISED
4002 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4003 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4004 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4005
4006 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4007 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
4008 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
4009 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4010 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4011 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4012 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4013 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4014 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
4015 of the files as they are written into the archive.
4016
4017 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4018 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4019 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4020 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4021
4022 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4023 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4024 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4025 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4026 @file{collection.tar}:
4027
4028 @smallexample
4029 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4030 @end smallexample
4031
4032 @noindent
4033 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
4034 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4035
4036 @smallexample
4037 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4038 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4039 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4040 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4041 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4042 @end smallexample
4043
4044 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
4045 title claims it will become...}
4046
4047 @node multiple
4048 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
4049
4050 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
4051 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
4052 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
4053 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
4054 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
4055 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
4056 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
4057 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
4058 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
4059 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
4060 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
4061 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
4062 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4063 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4064 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4065 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
4066 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
4067 versions of the file.
4068
4069 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4070 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4071 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4072 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4073 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4074 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4075 newer version when it is extracted.
4076
4077 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4078 archive in this way:
4079
4080 @smallexample
4081 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4082 blues
4083 @end smallexample
4084
4085 @noindent
4086 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4087 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4088 list the contents of the archive:
4089
4090 @smallexample
4091 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4092 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4093 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4094 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4095 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4096 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4097 @end smallexample
4098
4099 @noindent
4100 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4101 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4102 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4103 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4104 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4105
4106 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4107 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
4108 the following example:
4109
4110 @smallexample
4111 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4112 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4113 @end smallexample
4114
4115 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
4116 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
4117 @value{op-occurrence} option.
4118
4119 @node update
4120 @subsection Updating an Archive
4121 @UNREVISED
4122 @cindex Updating an archive
4123
4124 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
4125 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4126 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
4127 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
4128 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
4129 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
4130 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
4131
4132 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4133 The operation will fail.
4134
4135 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4136 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4137
4138 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
4139 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4140 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4141 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
4142 Same Name}
4143
4144 @menu
4145 * how to update::
4146 @end menu
4147
4148 @node how to update
4149 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
4150
4151 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
4152 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
4153 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
4154 you).
4155
4156 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4157 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
4158
4159 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4160 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4161 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4162 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
4163 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
4164 arguments:
4165
4166 @smallexample
4167 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4168 blues
4169 classical
4170 $
4171 @end smallexample
4172
4173 @noindent
4174 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4175 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4176 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4177 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4178 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4179 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4180 updating it.
4181
4182 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4183 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4184 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4185 information about tapes.
4186
4187 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
4188 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4189 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4190 options intended specifically for backups are more
4191 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4192
4193 @node concatenate
4194 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
4195
4196 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4197 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4198 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4199 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4200 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4201 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
4202
4203 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
4204 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
4205 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
4206 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
4207 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
4208 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4209 Members with the Same Name.}
4210
4211 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4212 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4213 files from @file{practice}:
4214
4215 @smallexample
4216 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4217 blues
4218 classical
4219 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4220 folk
4221 jazz
4222 @end smallexample
4223
4224 @noindent
4225 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4226 contain what they are supposed to:
4227
4228 @smallexample
4229 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4230 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4231 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4232 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4233 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4234 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4235 @end smallexample
4236
4237 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4238
4239 @smallexample
4240 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4241 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4242 @end smallexample
4243
4244 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4245 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4246
4247 @smallexample
4248 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4249 blues
4250 rock
4251 jazz
4252 folk
4253 @end smallexample
4254
4255 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4256 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4257 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
4258 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
4259 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
4260 new name?}
4261
4262 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
4263 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4264
4265 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4266 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4267 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4268 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
4269 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4270
4271 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4272 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4273 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4274 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4275 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4276 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4277 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4278 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4279 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4280 @command{cat} shell utility.
4281
4282 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
4283 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
4284 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
4285 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
4286 default archive name.
4287
4288 @node delete
4289 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
4290 @UNREVISED
4291 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4292 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4293
4294 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
4295 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
4296 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
4297 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
4298 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
4299 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
4300 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
4301 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
4302 very slowly.
4303
4304 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
4305
4306 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
4307 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4308 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4309 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4310 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4311 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4312 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4313 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4314 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4315 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4316
4317 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4318 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4319 are in that directory, and then,
4320
4321 @smallexample
4322 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4323 blues
4324 folk
4325 jazz
4326 rock
4327 practice/blues
4328 practice/folk
4329 practice/jazz
4330 practice/rock
4331 practice/blues
4332 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4333 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4334 folk
4335 jazz
4336 rock
4337 $
4338 @end smallexample
4339
4340 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4341 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4342 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4343
4344 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4345 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4346
4347 @node compare
4348 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4349 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4350 @UNREVISED
4351
4352 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
4353 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4354 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4355 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4356 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4357 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4358 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4359
4360 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4361 archive with a non-default record size.
4362
4363 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4364 corresponding members in the archive.
4365
4366 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4367 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4368 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4369 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4370
4371 @smallexample
4372 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4373 rock
4374 blues
4375 tar: funk not found in archive
4376 @end smallexample
4377
4378 @noindent
4379 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4380 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4381 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4382 such as:
4383
4384 @smallexample
4385 funk: does not exist
4386 @end smallexample
4387
4388 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4389 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4390 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4391
4392 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4393 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4394 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4395
4396 @node create options
4397 @section Options Used by @code{--create}
4398
4399 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4400 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4401 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4402 @samp{--create}.
4403
4404 @menu
4405 * Ignore Failed Read::
4406 @end menu
4407
4408 @node Ignore Failed Read
4409 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4410
4411 @table @kbd
4412 @item --ignore-failed-read
4413 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4414 @end table
4415
4416 @node extract options
4417 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
4418 @UNREVISED
4419
4420 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4421 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4422
4423 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4424 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4425 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4426 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4427 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
4428 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4429 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4430 @samp{--extract} operation.
4431
4432 @menu
4433 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4434 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4435 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4436 @end menu
4437
4438 @node Reading
4439 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4440 @cindex Options when reading archives
4441 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4442 @cindex Records, incomplete
4443 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4444 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4445 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4446 @cindex Small memory
4447 @cindex Running out of space
4448 @UNREVISED
4449
4450 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4451 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4452 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4453 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4454 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4455 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4456 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4457 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4458 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4459
4460 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4461 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4462 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4463 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4464 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4465 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4466
4467 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4468 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4469 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4470 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4471 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4472
4473 @menu
4474 * read full records::
4475 * Ignore Zeros::
4476 @end menu
4477
4478 @node read full records
4479 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4480
4481 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4482
4483 @table @kbd
4484 @item --read-full-records
4485 @item -B
4486 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4487 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4488 than the one specified.
4489 @end table
4490
4491 @node Ignore Zeros
4492 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4493
4494 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4495 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4496 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4497 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4498 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4499 together).
4500
4501 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4502 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4503 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4504 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4505 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4506
4507 @table @kbd
4508 @item --ignore-zeros
4509 @itemx -i
4510 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4511 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4512 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4513 @end table
4514
4515 @node Writing
4516 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4517 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4518 @cindex Protecting old files
4519 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4520 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4521 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4522 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4523 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4524 @UNREVISED
4525
4526 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4527
4528 @menu
4529 * Dealing with Old Files::
4530 * Overwrite Old Files::
4531 * Keep Old Files::
4532 * Keep Newer Files::
4533 * Unlink First::
4534 * Recursive Unlink::
4535 * Modification Times::
4536 * Setting Access Permissions::
4537 * Writing to Standard Output::
4538 * remove files::
4539 @end menu
4540
4541 @node Dealing with Old Files
4542 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4543
4544 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4545 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4546 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4547 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4548 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4549 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4550 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4551 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4552 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4553
4554 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4555 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4556 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4557 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4558 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4559
4560 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4561 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4562 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4563
4564 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4565 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4566 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4567 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4568 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4569 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4570 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4571 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4572 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4573 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4574 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4575 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4576 @file{/usr/local2}, of course! @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4577 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4578 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4579 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4580 removed.
4581
4582 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4583 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4584 before extracting them.
4585
4586 @node Overwrite Old Files
4587 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4588
4589 @table @kbd
4590 @item --overwrite
4591 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4592 from an archive.
4593
4594 This
4595 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4596 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4597 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4598 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4599 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4600 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4601 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4602 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4603 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4604 they are in the way of extraction.
4605
4606 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4607 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4608 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4609 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4610 are currently being executed.
4611
4612 @item --overwrite-dir
4613 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4614 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4615 @end table
4616
4617 @node Keep Old Files
4618 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4619
4620 @table @kbd
4621 @item --keep-old-files
4622 @itemx -k
4623 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4624 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4625 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4626 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4627 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4628 extraction.
4629 @end table
4630
4631 @node Keep Newer Files
4632 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4633
4634 @table @kbd
4635 @item --keep-newer-files
4636 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4637 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4638 @end table
4639
4640 @node Unlink First
4641 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4642
4643 @table @kbd
4644 @item --unlink-first
4645 @itemx -U
4646 Remove files before extracting over them.
4647 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4648 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4649 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4650 @end table
4651
4652 @node Recursive Unlink
4653 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4654
4655 @table @kbd
4656 @item --recursive-unlink
4657 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4658 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4659 @end table
4660
4661 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4662 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4663 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4664 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4665
4666 @node Modification Times
4667 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4668
4669 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4670 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4671 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4672 setting.
4673
4674 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4675 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4676 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4677
4678 @table @kbd
4679 @item --touch
4680 @itemx -m
4681 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4682 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4683 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4684 @end table
4685
4686 @node Setting Access Permissions
4687 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4688
4689 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4690 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-permissions}
4691 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4692 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4693
4694 @table @kbd
4695 @item --preserve-permission
4696 @itemx --same-permission
4697 @itemx --ignore-umask
4698 @itemx -p
4699 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4700 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4701 @value{op-extract}.
4702 @end table
4703
4704 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4705 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4706 more than one file?}
4707
4708 @node Writing to Standard Output
4709 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4710
4711 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4712 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4713 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4714 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4715 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4716 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4717 found in the archive.
4718
4719 @table @kbd
4720 @item --to-stdout
4721 @itemx -O
4722 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4723 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4724 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4725 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4726 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4727 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4728 @end table
4729
4730 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4731 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4732 it. You can use a command like this:
4733
4734 @smallexample
4735 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4736 @end smallexample
4737
4738 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4739
4740 @smallexample
4741 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4742 @end smallexample
4743
4744 @node remove files
4745 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4746
4747 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4748 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4749 else in the book...}
4750
4751 @table @kbd
4752 @item --remove-files
4753 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4754 @end table
4755
4756 @node Scarce
4757 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4758 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4759 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4760 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4761 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4762 @UNREVISED
4763
4764 @menu
4765 * Starting File::
4766 * Same Order::
4767 @end menu
4768
4769 @node Starting File
4770 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4771
4772 @table @kbd
4773 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4774 @itemx -K @var{name}
4775 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4776 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4777 @end table
4778
4779 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4780 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4781 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4782 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4783 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4784 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4785 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4786 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4787 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4788
4789 @node Same Order
4790 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4791
4792 @table @kbd
4793 @item --same-order
4794 @itemx --preserve-order
4795 @itemx -s
4796 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4797 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4798 @value{op-list}
4799 or @value{op-extract}.
4800 @end table
4801
4802 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4803 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4804 the option to exist in either version?}
4805
4806 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4807
4808 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4809 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4810 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4811 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4812 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4813 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4814
4815 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4816
4817 @node backup
4818 @section Backup options
4819
4820 @cindex backup options
4821
4822 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4823 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4824 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4825 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4826 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4827 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4828
4829 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4830 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4831 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4832 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4833 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4834 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4835 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4836 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4837 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4838 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4839
4840 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4841 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4842 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4843 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4844 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4845 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4846 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4847 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4848 refers to a remote file.
4849
4850 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4851 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4852 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4853 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4854 file are kept.
4855
4856 @table @samp
4857
4858 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4859 @opindex --backup
4860 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4861 @cindex backups
4862 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4863 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4864
4865 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4866 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4867 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4868 use the @samp{existing} method.
4869
4870 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4871 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4872 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4873 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4874
4875 @table @samp
4876 @item t
4877 @itemx numbered
4878 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4879 Always make numbered backups.
4880
4881 @item nil
4882 @itemx existing
4883 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4884 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4885 of the others.
4886
4887 @item never
4888 @itemx simple
4889 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4890 Always make simple backups.
4891
4892 @end table
4893
4894 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4895 @opindex --suffix
4896 @cindex backup suffix
4897 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4898 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{--backup}. If this
4899 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4900 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4901 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4902
4903 @end table
4904
4905 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4906 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4907 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4908 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4909 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4910 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4911
4912 @smallexample
4913 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4914 @end smallexample
4915
4916 @node Applications
4917 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4918 @UNREVISED
4919
4920 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4921 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4922 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4923
4924 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4925
4926 @findex uuencode
4927 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4928 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4929 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4930 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4931 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4932 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4933 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4934 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4935
4936 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4937 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4938 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4939 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4940
4941 @smallexample
4942 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4943 @end smallexample
4944
4945 @noindent
4946 The command also works using short option forms:
4947
4948 @smallexample
4949 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4950 @end smallexample
4951
4952 @noindent
4953 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4954
4955 @node looking ahead
4956 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4957
4958 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4959 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4960 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4961 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4962 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4963 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4964 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4965 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4966 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4967 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4968
4969 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4970 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4971 @value{xref-files-from}.
4972
4973 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4974 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4975
4976 @node Backups
4977 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4978 @UNREVISED
4979
4980 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4981 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4982 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4983 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4984 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4985 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4986 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4987
4988 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4989 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4990 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4991 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4992
4993 @smallexample
4994 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4995 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4996 @end smallexample
4997
4998 @ifclear PUBLISH
4999
5000 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5001 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5002 distribution.
5003
5004 @smallexample
5005 .* dumps
5006 . + what are dumps
5007
5008 . + different levels of dumps
5009 . - full dump = dump everything
5010 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
5011 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5012 n-1 dump (?)
5013
5014 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5015 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5016
5017 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
5018 . - how to customize
5019 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5020
5021 . + Problems
5022 . - rsh doesn't work
5023 . - rtape isn't installed
5024 . - (others?)
5025
5026 . + the --incremental option of tar
5027
5028 . + tapes
5029 . - write protection
5030 . - types of media
5031 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
5032 . - files and tape marks
5033 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5034 . - positioning the tape
5035 MT writes two at end of write,
5036 backspaces over one when writing again.
5037 @end smallexample
5038
5039 @end ifclear
5040
5041 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @command{tar}
5042 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5043
5044 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5045 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5046 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5047 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5048 called @dfn{dumps}.
5049
5050 @menu
5051 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5052 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5053 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
5054 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5055 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5056 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5057 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5058 @end menu
5059
5060 @node Full Dumps
5061 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5062 @UNREVISED
5063
5064 @cindex full dumps
5065 @cindex dumps, full
5066
5067 @cindex corrupted archives
5068 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5069 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
5070 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5071 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5072 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5073 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5074
5075 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
5076 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5077 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5078
5079 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5080 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
5081 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5082
5083 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
5084 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
5085 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
5086
5087 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
5088 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
5089 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
5090
5091 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5092 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
5093 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
5094 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
5095 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
5096 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5097
5098 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
5099 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
5100 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
5101
5102 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
5103
5104 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
5105
5106 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
5107 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
5108 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
5109 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
5110 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
5111 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
5112 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
5113 doing a complete incremental restore.
5114
5115 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5116 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5117 @command{tar} program.
5118
5119 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
5120 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
5121
5122 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
5123 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
5124 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5125 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5126 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5127 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5128 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5129 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5130 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
5131 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
5132 the data.
5133
5134 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
5135 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
5136 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
5137 deleted from the directory}.
5138
5139 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
5140 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
5141 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
5142 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
5143 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5144
5145 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
5146 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
5147 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
5148 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
5149 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
5150 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
5151 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
5152
5153 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5154 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
5155 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
5156 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
5157 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
5158 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
5159 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
5160 appropriate files in the archive.
5161
5162 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
5163 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
5164 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
5165 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
5166 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
5167 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
5168 created.
5169
5170 @node Inc Dumps
5171 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5172 @UNREVISED
5173
5174 @cindex incremental dumps
5175 @cindex dumps, incremental
5176
5177 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
5178 although a few more options will usually be needed.
5179
5180 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
5181 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
5182 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
5183 monthly) dump.
5184
5185 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
5186 and @samp{/var}.
5187
5188 @smallexample
5189 #! /bin/sh
5190 tar --create \
5191 --blocking-factor=126 \
5192 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
5193 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
5194 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
5195 --verbose \
5196 /usr /var
5197 @end smallexample
5198
5199 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
5200 store information about the previous tar dump.
5201
5202 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
5203 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
5204 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
5205 largest blocking factor that can be used.
5206
5207 @node incremental and listed-incremental
5208 @section The Incremental Options
5209 @UNREVISED
5210
5211 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
5212 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
5213 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
5214 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
5215 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
5216 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
5217 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
5218
5219 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
5220 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
5221 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
5222 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
5223 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
5224 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
5225
5226 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5227 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5228 @command{tar} program.
5229
5230 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
5231 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
5232 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
5233 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
5234 extract the files in the archive.
5235
5236 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
5237 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
5238 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
5239 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
5240 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5241
5242 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
5243 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
5244 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5245 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5246 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5247 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5248 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5249 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5250 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
5251 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
5252
5253 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5254 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
5255 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
5256 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
5257 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
5258 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
5259 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
5260 all appropriate files in the archive.
5261
5262 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
5263 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
5264 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
5265 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
5266 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
5267 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
5268 actually created.
5269
5270 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5271 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
5272 with the @samp{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
5273 backwards.
5274
5275 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
5276 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
5277 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
5278 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
5279 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
5280 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5281 to be a better way to go.
5282
5283 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
5284 @value{op-create} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
5285 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
5286 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
5287 @file{/dev/null}.
5288
5289 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
5290
5291 @node Backup Levels
5292 @section Levels of Backups
5293
5294 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5295 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5296 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5297 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5298 are daily re-archived.
5299
5300 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5301 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5302 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5303 dump.
5304
5305 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5306 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5307 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5308 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5309 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5310 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5311 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5312 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5313
5314 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5315 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5316 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5317 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5318 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5319
5320 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5321 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5322 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5323 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
5324 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
5325 running the appropriate script.
5326
5327 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5328 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5329 their use in detail.
5330
5331 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5332 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5333 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5334 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5335 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
5336 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
5337
5338 @node Backup Parameters
5339 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5340
5341 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5342 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5343 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5344 before using these scripts.
5345
5346 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5347 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5348 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5349 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5350 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5351 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5352 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5353 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5354
5355 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5356 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5357
5358 @menu
5359 * General-Purpose Variables::
5360 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5361 * User Hooks::
5362 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5363 @end menu
5364
5365 @node General-Purpose Variables
5366 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5367
5368 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5369 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5370 sends a backup report to this address.
5371 @end defvr
5372
5373 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5374 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5375 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5376 or the string @samp{now}.
5377
5378 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5379 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5380 @end defvr
5381
5382 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5383 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
5384 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
5385 @end defvr
5386
5387 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5388
5389 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5390 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5391 @end defvr
5392
5393 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5394
5395 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5396 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5397 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5398 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5399 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5400
5401 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5402 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5403 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5404 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5405 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5406 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5407 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5408 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5409 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5410
5411 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5412 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5413 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5414 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5415 @end defvr
5416
5417 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5418
5419 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
5420 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5421 @end defvr
5422
5423 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5424
5425 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5426 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5427 which the backup script is run.
5428
5429 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5430 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5431 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5432 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5433 @end defvr
5434
5435 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5436
5437 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5438 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5439 @end defvr
5440
5441 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5442
5443 Path to @code{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5444 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5445 to use public key authentication.
5446 @end defvr
5447
5448 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5449
5450 Path to rsh binary on remote mashines. This will be passed via
5451 @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation of @GNUTAR{}.
5452 @end defvr
5453
5454 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5455
5456 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5457 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5458 @end defvr
5459
5460 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5461
5462 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5463 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5464 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5465 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5466 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5467 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups.
5468
5469 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5470 @end defvr
5471
5472 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5473
5474 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5475
5476 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5477 @end defvr
5478
5479 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5480
5481 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5482 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5483 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5484 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5485 the console.
5486 @end defvr
5487
5488 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5489
5490 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5491 this will just be some literal text.
5492 @end defvr
5493
5494 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5495
5496 Pathname of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5497 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5498 @end defvr
5499
5500 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5501 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5502
5503 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5504 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5505 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5506
5507 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5508 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5509 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5510
5511 @smallexample
5512 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5513
5514 mt_begin() @{
5515 mt -f "$1" retension
5516 @}
5517 @end smallexample
5518 @end defvr
5519
5520 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5521 THe name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5522 follows:
5523
5524 @smallexample
5525 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5526
5527 mt_rewind() @{
5528 mt -f "$1" rewind
5529 @}
5530 @end smallexample
5531
5532 @end defvr
5533
5534 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5535 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5536 it is defined as follows:
5537
5538 @smallexample
5539 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5540
5541 mt_offline() @{
5542 mt -f "$1" offl
5543 @}
5544 @end smallexample
5545 @end defvr
5546
5547 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5548 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5549 including error count. Default definition:
5550
5551 @smallexample
5552 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5553
5554 mt_status() @{
5555 mt -f "$1" status
5556 @}
5557 @end smallexample
5558 @end defvr
5559
5560 @node User Hooks
5561 @subsection User Hooks
5562
5563 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5564 each @command{tar} invocations. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5565 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5566 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5567 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5568 taking four arguments:
5569
5570 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5571 The arguments are:
5572
5573 @table @var
5574 @item level
5575 Current backup or restore level.
5576
5577 @item host
5578 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5579
5580 @item fs
5581 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5582
5583 @item fsname
5584 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5585 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5586 @end table
5587 @end deffn
5588
5589 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5590
5591 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5592 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5593 @end defvr
5594
5595 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5596 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5597 @end defvr
5598
5599 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5600 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5601 @end defvr
5602
5603 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5604 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5605 @end defvr
5606
5607 @node backup-specs example
5608 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5609
5610 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
5611
5612 @smallexample
5613 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5614
5615 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5616 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5617 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5618
5619 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5620 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5621 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5622
5623 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5624 my_status() @{
5625 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5626 @}
5627 MT_STATUS=my_status
5628
5629 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5630 MT_OFFLINE=:
5631
5632 BLOCKING=124
5633 BACKUP_DIRS="
5634 albert:/fs/fsf
5635 apple-gunkies:/gd
5636 albert:/fs/gd2
5637 albert:/fs/gp
5638 geech:/usr/jla
5639 churchy:/usr/roland
5640 albert:/
5641 albert:/usr
5642 apple-gunkies:/
5643 apple-gunkies:/usr
5644 gnu:/hack
5645 gnu:/u
5646 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5647 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5648
5649 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5650
5651 @end smallexample
5652
5653 @node Scripted Backups
5654 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5655
5656 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5657
5658 @smallexample
5659 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5660 @end smallexample
5661
5662 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5663 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5664 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5665 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5666 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5667 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5668 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5669 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5670 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5671 create a level one dump.}
5672
5673 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5674 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5675
5676 @table @asis
5677 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5678
5679 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5680
5681 @item @var{hh}
5682
5683 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5684
5685 @item now
5686
5687 The dump must be run immediately.
5688 @end table
5689
5690 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5691 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5692 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5693 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5694 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5695 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5696 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5697 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5698 Restoration}).
5699
5700 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5701 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5702 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5703 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5704 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5705 detailed explanation of this file.}
5706
5707 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5708 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5709 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5710 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5711 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5712 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{n} represents
5713 current dump level number.
5714
5715 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5716 standard output.
5717
5718 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5719 script:
5720
5721 @table @option
5722 @item -l @var{level}
5723 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5724 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5725
5726 @item -f
5727 @itemx --force
5728 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5729
5730 @item -v@var{level}
5731 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5732 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5733 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5734 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5735
5736 @item -t @var{start-time}
5737 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5738 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5739
5740 @item -h
5741 @itemx --help
5742 Display short help message and exit.
5743
5744 @item -L
5745 @itemx --license
5746 Display program license and exit.
5747
5748 @item -V
5749 @itemx --version
5750 Display program version and exit.
5751 @end table
5752
5753
5754 @node Scripted Restoration
5755 @section Using the Restore Script
5756
5757 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5758 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5759 simplest form, invoke @command{restore} without options, it will
5760 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5761 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5762
5763 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5764 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5765 line. For example, running
5766
5767 @smallexample
5768 restore 'albert:*'
5769 @end smallexample
5770
5771 @noindent
5772 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5773 complicated example:
5774
5775 @smallexample
5776 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5777 @end smallexample
5778
5779 @noindent
5780 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5781 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5782
5783 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5784 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5785 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5786 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5787 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5788 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5789
5790 @smallexample
5791 restore --level=1
5792 @end smallexample
5793
5794 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5795
5796 @table @option
5797 @item -l @var{level}
5798 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5799 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5800
5801 @item -v@var{level}
5802 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5803 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5804 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5805 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5806
5807 @item -h
5808 @itemx --help
5809 Display short help message and exit.
5810
5811 @item -L
5812 @itemx --license
5813 Display program license and exit.
5814
5815 @item -V
5816 @itemx --version
5817 Display program version and exit.
5818 @end table
5819
5820 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5821 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5822 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5823 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5824 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5825 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5826 positioning.}
5827
5828 @quotation
5829 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5830 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5831 @end quotation
5832
5833 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5834 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5835
5836 @node Choosing
5837 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5838 @UNREVISED
5839
5840 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5841
5842 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5843 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5844 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5845 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5846 are in specified directories.
5847
5848 @menu
5849 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5850 * Selecting Archive Members::
5851 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5852 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5853 * Wildcards::
5854 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5855 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5856 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5857 @end menu
5858
5859 @node file
5860 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5861 @cindex Naming an archive
5862 @cindex Archive Name
5863 @cindex Directing output
5864 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5865 @cindex Where is the archive?
5866 @UNREVISED
5867
5868 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5869 archive"?}
5870
5871 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5872 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5873 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5874 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5875 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5876 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5877 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5878 instead of the default archive file location.
5879
5880 @table @kbd
5881 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5882 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5883 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5884 any operation.
5885 @end table
5886
5887 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5888
5889 @smallexample
5890 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5891 @end smallexample
5892
5893 @noindent
5894 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5895 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5896 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5897 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5898 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5899 for the archive name.
5900
5901 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5902 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5903 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5904
5905 @cindex Writing new archives
5906 @cindex Archive creation
5907 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5908 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5909 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5910 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5911 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5912
5913 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5914 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5915 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5916 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5917 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5918 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5919
5920 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5921 "notable tar usages".}
5922
5923 @smallexample
5924 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5925 @end smallexample
5926
5927 @FIXME{help!}
5928
5929 @cindex Standard input and output
5930 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5931 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5932 use the following:
5933
5934 @smallexample
5935 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5936 @end smallexample
5937
5938 @noindent
5939 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5940 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5941 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5942 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5943 as the username on the remote machine.
5944
5945 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5946 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5947 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5948 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5949 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5950 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5951 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5952 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5953 have the @file{/usr/ucb/rmt} program installed. If you need to use a
5954 file whose name includes a colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5955 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5956
5957 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5958 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5959 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5960 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5961 shouldn't mention it..}
5962
5963 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5964 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5965 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5966 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5967
5968 @node Selecting Archive Members
5969 @section Selecting Archive Members
5970 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5971 @cindex Specifying archive members
5972
5973 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5974 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5975 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5976 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5977
5978 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5979 the command line, as follows:
5980 @smallexample
5981 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5982 @end smallexample
5983
5984 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5985 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5986
5987 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5988 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5989 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5990 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5991 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5992 @command{tar} does nothing.
5993
5994 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5995 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5996 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5997 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5998 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5999
6000 @node files
6001 @section Reading Names from a File
6002 @UNREVISED
6003
6004 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6005 @cindex Lists of file names
6006 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6007 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6008 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6009 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
6010 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6011 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6012 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6013 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6014
6015 @table @kbd
6016 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
6017 @itemx -T @var{file name}
6018 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
6019 @end table
6020
6021 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6022 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
6023 names are read from standard input.
6024
6025 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
6026 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
6027 command.
6028
6029 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
6030
6031 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6032 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6033 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
6034 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6035 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
6036 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6037 more information.)
6038
6039 @smallexample
6040 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6041 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6042 @end smallexample
6043
6044 @noindent
6045 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
6046
6047 @menu
6048 * nul::
6049 @end menu
6050
6051 @node nul
6052 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
6053
6054 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
6055 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
6056 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
6057 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
6058 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
6059
6060 @table @kbd
6061 @item --null
6062 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6063 terminate in a newline.
6064 @end table
6065
6066 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6067 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6068 @samp{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6069 @command{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes @value{op-directory} options
6070 to be treated as file names to archive, in case there are any files
6071 out there called @file{-C}.
6072
6073 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6074 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6075 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @command{find} just just
6076 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
6077 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6078 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6079 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6080 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6081 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
6082
6083 @smallexample
6084 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6085 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6086 @end smallexample
6087
6088 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6089
6090 @node exclude
6091 @section Excluding Some Files
6092 @cindex File names, excluding files by
6093 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6094 @cindex Excluding files by file system
6095 @UNREVISED
6096
6097 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6098 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
6099
6100 @table @kbd
6101 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6102 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6103 @end table
6104
6105 @findex exclude
6106 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
6107 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
6108 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6109 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6110 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6111
6112 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
6113
6114 @table @kbd
6115 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6116 @itemx -X @var{file}
6117 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6118 @var{file}.
6119 @end table
6120
6121 @findex exclude-from
6122 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
6123 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6124 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
6125 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6126 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6127 added to the archive.
6128
6129 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
6130 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
6131
6132 @menu
6133 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
6134 * problems with exclude::
6135 @end menu
6136
6137 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
6138 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
6139
6140 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6141 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6142 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6143 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6144
6145 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6146 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6147 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6148 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6149
6150 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6151 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6152
6153 @smallexample
6154 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6155 @end smallexample
6156
6157 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6158 @samp{readme}.
6159
6160 @table @option
6161 @item --anchored
6162 @itemx --no-anchored
6163 If anchored (the default), a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6164 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any subsequence.
6165
6166 @item --ignore-case
6167 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6168 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6169 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6170
6171 @item --wildcards
6172 @itemx --no-wildcards
6173 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6174 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6175 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6176 names literally.
6177
6178 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6179 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6180 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6181 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6182 matched only by @samp{/}.
6183
6184 @end table
6185
6186 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6187 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6188 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6189 the name's parent directories.
6190
6191 @node problems with exclude
6192 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6193
6194 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6195 pitfalls:
6196
6197 @itemize @bullet
6198 @item
6199 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6200 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6201 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6202 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6203 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6204 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6205
6206 @item
6207 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
6208 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
6209 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6210 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
6211 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
6212 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
6213
6214 @item
6215 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6216 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6217 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6218 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6219 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6220 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6221
6222 For example, write:
6223
6224 @smallexample
6225 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6226 @end smallexample
6227
6228 @noindent
6229 rather than:
6230
6231 @smallexample
6232 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6233 @end smallexample
6234
6235 @item
6236 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6237 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6238 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6239 might fail.
6240
6241 @item
6242 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6243 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
6244 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
6245 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
6246 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
6247 patterns listed in a file.
6248
6249 @end itemize
6250
6251 @node Wildcards
6252 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6253
6254 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6255 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6256 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6257 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6258 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6259 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6260 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6261
6262 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6263
6264 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6265 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6266 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6267 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6268 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6269 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6270 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6271 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6272 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6273
6274 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6275 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6276 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6277 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6278 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6279 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6280 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6281 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6282 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6283 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6284
6285 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6286 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6287 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6288 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6289 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6290 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6291
6292 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6293 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6294 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6295 @var{e}, inclusive.
6296
6297 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6298 who don't have dan around.}
6299
6300 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6301 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6302 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6303 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6304
6305 @node after
6306 @section Operating Only on New Files
6307 @cindex Excluding file by age
6308 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6309 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6310 @UNREVISED
6311
6312 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6313 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
6314 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6315 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6316 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6317 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
6318 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6319 than the @var{date} you specify.
6320
6321 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6322 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
6323 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6324
6325 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6326 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6327 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6328 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6329
6330 @table @kbd
6331 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6332 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6333 @itemx -N @var{date}
6334 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6335
6336 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6337 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6338
6339 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6340 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6341
6342 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6343 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6344 @end table
6345
6346 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6347 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6348 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6349 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6350 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6351 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6352
6353 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6354 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6355 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6356 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6357
6358 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6359 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6360 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6361 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6362 contents of the file were looked at).
6363
6364 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6365 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6366 arguments.
6367
6368 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6369
6370 @quotation
6371 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6372 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6373 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6374 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6375 @end quotation
6376
6377 @noindent
6378 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6379
6380 @node recurse
6381 @section Descending into Directories
6382 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6383 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6384 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6385 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6386 @UNREVISED
6387
6388 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6389
6390 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6391
6392 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6393 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6394 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6395 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6396
6397 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6398 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
6399 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6400 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6401 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6402 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6403 @command{tar}, or look.
6404
6405 @table @kbd
6406 @item --no-recursion
6407 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6408
6409 @item --recursion
6410 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6411 This is the default.
6412 @end table
6413
6414 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6415 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6416 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6417 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6418 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6419 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6420 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6421 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6422 located via @command{find}.
6423
6424 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6425 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6426 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6427 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6428 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6429 no new files on its own.
6430
6431 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6432 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6433 the files under those directories.
6434
6435 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6436 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6437
6438 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6439 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6440 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6441
6442 @smallexample
6443 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6444 @end smallexample
6445
6446 @noindent
6447 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6448 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6449 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6450
6451 @node one
6452 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6453 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6454 @UNREVISED
6455
6456 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6457 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6458 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6459 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6460 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6461 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6462 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6463
6464 @table @kbd
6465 @item --one-file-system
6466 @itemx -l
6467 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6468 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6469 @end table
6470
6471 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6472 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6473 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6474 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6475 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6476 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6477
6478 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6479 but nothing under it.
6480
6481 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6482 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6483 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6484 standard error.
6485
6486 @menu
6487 * directory:: Changing Directory
6488 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6489 @end menu
6490
6491 @node directory
6492 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6493
6494 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6495 things around some.}
6496
6497 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6498 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6499 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6500 @UNREVISED
6501
6502 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6503 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6504 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6505 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6506 the list.
6507
6508 @table @kbd
6509 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6510 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6511 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6512 @end table
6513
6514 For example,
6515
6516 @smallexample
6517 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6518 @end smallexample
6519
6520 @noindent
6521 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6522 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6523 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6524 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6525 store in the same archive.
6526
6527 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6528 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6529 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6530 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6531 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6532
6533 Contrast this with the command,
6534
6535 @smallexample
6536 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6537 @end smallexample
6538
6539 @noindent
6540 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6541 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6542 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6543 named @file{orange-colored}.
6544
6545 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
6546 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6547 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6548 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6549 @file{foo.tar}:
6550
6551 @smallexample
6552 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6553 @end smallexample
6554
6555 @noindent
6556 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6557 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6558 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6559 directories where those files were located.
6560
6561 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6562 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6563 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6564 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6565 @samp{--directory} option.
6566
6567 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
6568 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
6569 totally screwed?}
6570
6571 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
6572 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
6573 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
6574 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
6575
6576 @node absolute
6577 @subsection Absolute File Names
6578 @UNREVISED
6579
6580 @table @kbd
6581 @item -P
6582 @itemx --absolute-names
6583 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6584 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6585 @end table
6586
6587 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6588 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6589 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6590
6591 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6592 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6593 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6594 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6595 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6596 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6597 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6598 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6599
6600 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6601 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6602 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6603
6604 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6605 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6606 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6607 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6608 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6609 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6610 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6611 be @file{bin/ls}.
6612
6613 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6614 none of these transformations.
6615
6616 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6617 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6618
6619 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6620 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6621 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6622
6623 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6624 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6625 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6626 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6627 more convenient than switching to root.
6628
6629 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6630 to transfer files between systems.}
6631
6632 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6633
6634 @table @kbd
6635 @item --absolute-names
6636 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6637 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6638
6639 @end table
6640
6641 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6642
6643 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6644 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6645 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6646 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6647
6648 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6649 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6650 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6651
6652 @smallexample
6653 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6654 @end smallexample
6655
6656 @noindent
6657 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6658 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6659 For example:
6660
6661 @smallexample
6662 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6663 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6664 @end smallexample
6665
6666 @include getdate.texi
6667
6668 @node Formats
6669 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6670
6671 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6672 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6673 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6674
6675 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6676 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6677
6678 @table @asis
6679 @item gnu
6680 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6681 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6682 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6683 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6684 formats.
6685
6686 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6687 length.
6688
6689 @item oldgnu
6690 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6691
6692 @item v7
6693 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6694 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6695 are:
6696
6697 @enumerate
6698 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6699 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6700 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6701 devices, fifos etc.)
6702 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6703 octal)
6704 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6705 and group name of the file owner).
6706 @end enumerate
6707
6708 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6709 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6710 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6711 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6712 Automake prior to 1.9.
6713
6714 @item ustar
6715 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6716 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6717 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6718
6719 @enumerate
6720 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6721 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6722 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6723 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6724 characters.
6725 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6726 100 characters.
6727 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6728 is 8GB
6729 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6730 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6731 @end enumerate
6732
6733 @item star
6734 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6735 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6736 currently does not produce them.
6737
6738 @item posix
6739 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6740 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6741 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6742 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6743 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6744 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6745 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6746 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6747 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6748
6749 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6750 of @GNUTAR{}.
6751
6752 @end table
6753
6754 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6755 formats:
6756
6757 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6758 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6759 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6760 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6761 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6762 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6763 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6764 @end multitable
6765
6766 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6767 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6768 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6769 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6770 switch to @samp{posix}.
6771
6772 @menu
6773 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6774 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6775 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6776 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6777 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6778 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6779 @end menu
6780
6781 @node Portability
6782 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6783
6784 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6785 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6786 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6787 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6788 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6789 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6790 archives more portable.
6791
6792 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6793 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6794 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6795 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6796
6797 @menu
6798 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6799 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6800 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6801 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6802 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6803 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6804 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6805 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6806 @end menu
6807
6808 @node Portable Names
6809 @subsection Portable Names
6810
6811 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6812 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6813 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6814 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6815 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6816 less.
6817
6818 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6819 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6820 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6821 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6822 than System V's.
6823
6824 @node dereference
6825 @subsection Symbolic Links
6826 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6827 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6828
6829 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6830 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6831 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6832 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6833 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6834 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6835 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6836 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6837
6838 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6839 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6840 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6841 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6842 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6843 system.
6844
6845 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6846 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6847 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6848
6849 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6850 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6851 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6852 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6853
6854 @node old
6855 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6856 @cindex Format, old style
6857 @cindex Old style format
6858 @cindex Old style archives
6859
6860 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6861 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6862 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6863 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6864 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6865 accepts @samp{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6866 option). When you specify it,
6867 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6868 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6869 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6870
6871 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6872 unless the archive was created using this option.
6873
6874 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6875 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6876 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6877 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6878 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6879
6880 @node ustar
6881 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6882
6883 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6884 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6885 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6886 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6887 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6888 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6889
6890 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6891 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6892
6893 @node gnu
6894 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6895
6896 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6897 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6898 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6899 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6900 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6901 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6902 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6903 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6904 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6905
6906 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6907 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6908 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6909
6910 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6911 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6912
6913 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6914 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6915 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6916
6917 @itemize @bullet
6918 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6919 @item @value{op-incremental}
6920 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6921 @end itemize
6922
6923 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6924 format in the future.
6925
6926 @node posix
6927 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6928
6929 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6930 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6931
6932 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6933 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6934 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6935 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6936 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6937
6938 @itemize @bullet
6939 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6940 @item @value{op-incremental}
6941 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6942 @end itemize
6943
6944 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6945
6946 @node Checksumming
6947 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6948
6949 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6950 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6951 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6952 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6953 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6954 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6955 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6956 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6957 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6958 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6959 vice versa.
6960
6961 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6962 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6963 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6964 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6965 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6966 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6967 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6968 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6969
6970 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6971 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6972 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6973 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6974 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6975 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6976 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6977 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6978 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6979 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6980 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6981
6982 @node Large or Negative Values
6983 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6984 @cindex large values
6985 @cindex future time stamps
6986 @cindex negative time stamps
6987
6988 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6989 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6990 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6991 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6992 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6993 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6994 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6995 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6996 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6997 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6998
6999 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
7000 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
7001
7002 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
7003 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
7004
7005 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
7006 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
7007 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
7008 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
7009 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
7010 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
7011
7012 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
7013 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
7014 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
7015 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
7016 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
7017 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
7018 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
7019 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
7020 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
7021
7022 @node Compression
7023 @section Using Less Space through Compression
7024
7025 @menu
7026 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7027 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
7028 @end menu
7029
7030 @node gzip
7031 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7032 @cindex Compressed archives
7033 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7034 @UNREVISED
7035
7036 @table @kbd
7037 @item -z
7038 @itemx --gzip
7039 @itemx --ungzip
7040 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
7041 @end table
7042
7043 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
7044 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
7045 archive.@FIXME{???} Compressed archives cannot be modified.
7046
7047 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
7048 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
7049 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
7050 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
7051 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
7052 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @command{gzip}
7053 explicitly. (Or set the @env{GZIP} environment variable.)
7054
7055 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
7056 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
7057 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
7058
7059 It is not exact to say that @GNUTAR{} is to work in concert
7060 with @command{gzip} in a way similar to @command{zip}, say. Surely, it is
7061 possible that @command{tar} and @command{gzip} be done with a single call,
7062 like in:
7063
7064 @smallexample
7065 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
7066 @end smallexample
7067
7068 @noindent
7069 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
7070 can do:
7071
7072 @smallexample
7073 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
7074 @end smallexample
7075
7076 @noindent
7077 to explode and unpack.
7078
7079 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
7080 @command{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @command{tar}'s
7081 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
7082 contents of a @command{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
7083 for the @command{tar} and @command{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
7084 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
7085 disk space, by using pipes internally:
7086
7087 @smallexample
7088 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
7089 @end smallexample
7090
7091 @cindex corrupted archives
7092 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7093 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
7094 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7095 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7096 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7097 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7098
7099 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7100 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
7101 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7102 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
7103 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
7104 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7105
7106 @table @kbd
7107 @item -j
7108 @itemx --bzip2
7109 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
7110
7111 @item -Z
7112 @itemx --compress
7113 @itemx --uncompress
7114 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
7115 @value{op-gzip}.
7116
7117 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7118 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
7119 @end table
7120
7121 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
7122 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
7123 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
7124 @command{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
7125 reading the archive.
7126
7127 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @command{tar}
7128 runs the @command{compress} utility. @command{tar} uses the default
7129 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
7130 @value{op-compress} option and run the @command{compress} utility
7131 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @command{compress}
7132 utility from within @command{tar} because the @command{compress} utility by
7133 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
7134
7135 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
7136 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update}
7137 and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
7138 more information on these operations.
7139
7140 If there is no compress utility available, @command{tar} will report an error.
7141 @strong{Please note} that the @command{compress} program may be covered by
7142 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
7143
7144 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
7145 the @code{bzip2} utility.
7146
7147 @table @kbd
7148 @item --compress
7149 @itemx --uncompress
7150 @itemx -z
7151 @itemx -Z
7152 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will compress (when
7153 writing an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
7154 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract},
7155 @value{op-list} and @value{op-compare} operations.
7156 @end table
7157
7158 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
7159 This will arrange for @command{tar} to use the @command{gzip} program to be
7160 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
7161
7162 To use the older, obsolete, @command{compress} program, use the
7163 @value{op-compress} option. The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7164 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7165 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7166 @command{compress}.
7167
7168 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7169 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
7170 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7171 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7172 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7173 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7174 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7175 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7176 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7177 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7178
7179 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7180 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7181 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7182 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7183 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7184
7185 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7186 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7187 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7188 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7189 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7190
7191 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
7192 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7193 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7194 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
7195 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7196
7197 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7198 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7199 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7200 end up with less space on the tape.
7201
7202 @node sparse
7203 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7204 @cindex Sparse Files
7205 @UNREVISED
7206
7207 @table @kbd
7208 @item -S
7209 @itemx --sparse
7210 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7211 @end table
7212
7213 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7214 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
7215 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7216 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7217 space needed to store such a file.
7218
7219 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7220 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7221 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7222 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7223
7224 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7225 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7226 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7227 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7228 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7229 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7230 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
7231 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
7232 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
7233 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
7234 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
7235 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7236 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
7237 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
7238 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
7239 more space than the original.
7240
7241 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7242 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7243 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
7244 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
7245 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
7246 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
7247 about creating archives.
7248
7249 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7250 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7251 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7252
7253 @quotation
7254 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
7255 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7256 sparsely in the system.
7257
7258 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7259 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7260 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7261 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7262 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7263 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7264 @end quotation
7265
7266 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7267
7268 @table @kbd
7269 @item --sparse
7270 @itemx -S
7271 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7272 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7273 @end table
7274
7275 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7276 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7277 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7278 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7279 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7280 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7281 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7282 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7283 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7284 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7285
7286 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7287 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7288 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7289 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7290 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7291 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7292 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7293
7294 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7295 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7296 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7297 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7298 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7299 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7300 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7301 1990-12-10:
7302
7303 @quotation
7304 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7305 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7306 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7307 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7308 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7309 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7310
7311 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7312 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7313 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7314 get it right.
7315 @end quotation
7316
7317 @node Attributes
7318 @section Handling File Attributes
7319 @UNREVISED
7320
7321 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7322 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7323 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7324 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7325
7326 Handling of file attributes
7327
7328 @table @kbd
7329 @item --atime-preserve
7330 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7331 This doesn't work for files that
7332 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7333 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7334 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7335 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7336
7337 @item -m
7338 @itemx --touch
7339 Do not extract file modified time.
7340
7341 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7342 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7343 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7344
7345 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7346
7347 @item --same-owner
7348 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7349 archive.
7350
7351 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7352 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7353 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7354 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7355 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7356 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7357 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7358
7359 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7360 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7361 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7362 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7363 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7364 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7365 stored in the archive instead.
7366
7367 @item --no-same-owner
7368 @itemx -o
7369 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7370 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7371 only for the superuser.
7372
7373 @item --numeric-owner
7374 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7375 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7376 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7377 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7378 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7379
7380 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7381 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7382 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7383 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7384 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7385 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7386 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7387 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7388
7389 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7390 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7391 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7392 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7393 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7394 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7395
7396 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7397 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7398 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7399 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7400 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7401 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7402 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7403 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7404 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7405 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7406 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7407 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7408 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7409 gives you a great deal of control already.
7410
7411 @item -p
7412 @itemx --same-permissions
7413 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7414 Extract all protection information.
7415
7416 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7417 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7418 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7419 on extracted files.
7420
7421 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7422
7423 @item --preserve
7424 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7425
7426 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7427 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7428
7429 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7430
7431 @end table
7432
7433 @node Standard
7434 @section Basic Tar Format
7435 @UNREVISED
7436
7437 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7438 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7439 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7440 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7441 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7442 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7443 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7444
7445 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7446 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7447 bytes. A file
7448 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7449 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7450 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7451 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7452 information about file types.
7453
7454 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7455 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7456 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7457 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7458 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7459 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7460
7461 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7462 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7463 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7464
7465 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7466 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7467 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7468
7469 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7470 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7471 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7472 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7473 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7474 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7475 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7476
7477 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7478 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7479 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7480 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7481 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7482 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7483 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7484 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7485 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7486 records after a zero block.
7487
7488 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7489 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7490
7491 @smallexample
7492 @include header.texi
7493 @end smallexample
7494
7495 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7496 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7497 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7498 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7499 contiguously.
7500
7501 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7502 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7503 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7504 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7505 of file contents is performed.
7506
7507 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7508 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7509 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7510 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7511
7512 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7513 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7514
7515 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7516
7517 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7518 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7519 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7520 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7521 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7522 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7523 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7524 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7525 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7526 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7527
7528 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7529 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7530 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7531
7532 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7533 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7534 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7535
7536 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7537 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7538 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7539 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7540
7541 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7542 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7543 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7544 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7545 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7546 if it were all blanks.
7547
7548 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7549 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7550 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7551 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7552
7553 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7554 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7555 and last inode-change time.
7556
7557 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7558 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7559 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7560 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7561 continued at.
7562
7563 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7564 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7565 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7566 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7567 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7568 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7569 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7570 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7571 differently from non-sparse files.
7572
7573 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7574 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7575 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7576 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7577 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7578 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7579 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7580 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7581 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7582 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7583 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7584 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7585 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7586 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7587 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7588 used to handle a sparse file:
7589
7590 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7591 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7592 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7593 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7594 array element.
7595
7596 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7597 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7598
7599 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7600 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7601 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7602 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7603 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7604 an extended_header is needed.
7605
7606 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7607 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7608 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7609 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7610
7611 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7612 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7613 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7614 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7615
7616 @table @asis
7617
7618 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7619 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7620 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7621 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7622 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7623 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7624 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7625 ends with a slash as a directory.
7626
7627 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7628 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7629 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7630 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7631 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7632
7633 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7634 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7635 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7636
7637 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7638 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7639 These represent character special files and block special files
7640 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7641 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7642 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7643 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7644
7645 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7646 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7647 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7648 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7649 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7650 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7651 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7652 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7653 @code{size} field.
7654
7655 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7656 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7657 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7658
7659 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7660 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7661 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7662 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7663 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7664 type as a normal file.
7665
7666 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7667 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7668 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7669
7670 @end table
7671
7672 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7673 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7674
7675 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7676 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7677 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7678 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7679 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7680 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7681
7682 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7683 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7684 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7685 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7686
7687 @node Extensions
7688 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7689 @UNREVISED
7690
7691 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7692 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7693
7694 @table @code
7695 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7696 @itemx 'D'
7697 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7698 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7699 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7700 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7701 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7702 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7703 last file name.
7704
7705 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7706 @itemx 'M'
7707 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7708 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7709 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7710 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7711 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7712 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7713 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7714 the original size of the file.
7715
7716 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7717 @itemx 'S'
7718 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7719 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7720 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7721 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7722
7723 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7724 @itemx 'V'
7725 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7726 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7727 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7728 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7729 of an archive should have this type.
7730
7731 @end table
7732
7733 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7734 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7735 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7736 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7737 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7738 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7739 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7740 checksum error.
7741
7742 @node cpio
7743 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7744 @UNREVISED
7745
7746 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7747
7748 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7749 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7750 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7751 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7752 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7753 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7754
7755 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7756 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7757 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7758 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7759 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7760 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7761 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7762 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7763
7764 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7765 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7766 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7767 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7768
7769 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7770
7771 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7772 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7773 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7774
7775 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7776 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7777 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7778 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7779 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7780 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7781 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7782 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7783 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7784 make hard links between them.
7785
7786 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7787 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7788 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7789 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7790 of the names.
7791
7792 @quotation
7793 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7794 @end quotation
7795
7796 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7797 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7798 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7799
7800 @quotation
7801 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7802 at the unix scene,
7803 @end quotation
7804
7805 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7806 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7807 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7808 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7809 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7810
7811 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7812 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7813 rest of the files.
7814
7815 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7816
7817 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7818 to start on a record boundary.
7819
7820 @quotation
7821 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7822 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7823 crashed archives at all.)
7824 @end quotation
7825
7826 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7827 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7828 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7829 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7830 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7831 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7832 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7833 archive.
7834
7835 @quotation
7836 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7837 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7838 @end quotation
7839
7840 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7841 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7842 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7843 special files.
7844
7845 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7846 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7847 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7848 backwards compatibility.
7849
7850 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7851 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7852 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7853
7854 @node Media
7855 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7856 @UNREVISED
7857
7858 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7859 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7860
7861 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7862 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7863 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7864 such manipulation easier.
7865
7866 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7867 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7868
7869 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7870 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7871 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7872 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7873
7874 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7875 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7876 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7877 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7878 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7879 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7880
7881 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7882 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7883 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7884 not a good idea.
7885
7886 @menu
7887 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7888 * Remote Tape Server::
7889 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7890 * Blocking:: Blocking
7891 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7892 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7893 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7894 * verify::
7895 * Write Protection::
7896 @end menu
7897
7898 @node Device
7899 @section Device Selection and Switching
7900 @UNREVISED
7901
7902 @table @kbd
7903 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7904 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7905 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7906 @end table
7907
7908 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7909 works on.
7910
7911 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7912 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7913 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7914 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7915 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7916
7917 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7918 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7919 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7920 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7921 @command{remsh}) to start up an @file{/etc/rmt} on the remote machine. If
7922 you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the @command{rsh}.
7923 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable @file{/etc/rmt}.
7924 This program is free software from the University of California, and a
7925 copy of the source code can be found with the sources for @command{tar};
7926 it's compiled and installed by default.
7927
7928 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7929 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7930 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7931 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7932 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7933
7934 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7935 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7936 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7937 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7938 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7939 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7940 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7941 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7942 cartridges or diskettes.
7943
7944 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7945 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7946 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7947 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7948 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7949 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7950 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7951 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7952 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7953 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7954 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7955 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7956
7957 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7958 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7959 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7960 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7961 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7962
7963 @table @kbd
7964 @item --force-local
7965 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7966
7967 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7968 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7969 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7970 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7971
7972 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7973 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7974 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7975 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7976 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7977 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7978
7979 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7980 Specify drive and density.
7981
7982 @item -M
7983 @itemx --multi-volume
7984 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7985
7986 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7987 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7988 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7989
7990 @item -L @var{num}
7991 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7992 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7993
7994 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7995 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7996 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7997
7998 @item -F @var{file}
7999 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
8000 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
8001 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
8002 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
8003 @end table
8004
8005 @node Remote Tape Server
8006 @section The Remote Tape Server
8007
8008 @cindex remote tape drive
8009 @pindex rmt
8010 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
8011 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
8012 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as @file{/etc/rmt}
8013 on any machine whose tape drive you want to use. @command{tar} calls
8014 @file{/etc/rmt} by running an @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote
8015 machine, optionally using a different login name if one is supplied.
8016
8017 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
8018 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
8019 California, but can be freely distributed. Instructions for compiling
8020 and installing it are included in the @file{Makefile}.
8021
8022 @cindex absolute file names
8023 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
8024 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
8025 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
8026 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
8027 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
8028 message telling you what it is doing.
8029
8030 When reading an archive that was created with a different
8031 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
8032 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
8033 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
8034 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
8035 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
8036 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
8037 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
8038 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
8039 backup tapes.
8040
8041 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
8042 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
8043 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
8044 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
8045 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
8046 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
8047 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
8048
8049 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
8050 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
8051 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
8052 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
8053 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
8054 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
8055
8056 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
8057 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
8058 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
8059 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
8060 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
8061 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
8062
8063 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
8064 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
8065 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
8066 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
8067 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
8068
8069 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
8070 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
8071
8072 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
8073 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
8074 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
8075 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
8076 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
8077 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
8078 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
8079 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
8080
8081 @node Common Problems and Solutions
8082 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
8083
8084 @ifclear PUBLISH
8085
8086 @format
8087 errors from system:
8088 permission denied
8089 no such file or directory
8090 not owner
8091
8092 errors from @command{tar}:
8093 directory checksum error
8094 header format error
8095
8096 errors from media/system:
8097 i/o error
8098 device busy
8099 @end format
8100
8101 @end ifclear
8102
8103 @node Blocking
8104 @section Blocking
8105 @UNREVISED
8106
8107 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8108 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8109 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8110 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8111 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8112
8113 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8114 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8115
8116 @quotation
8117 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8118 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8119 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8120 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8121 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8122 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8123 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8124 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8125 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8126 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8127
8128 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8129 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8130 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8131 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8132 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8133 into the source code too.
8134 @end quotation
8135
8136 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8137 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8138 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8139 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8140 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8141 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8142 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8143 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8144 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8145 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8146 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8147 in @GNUTAR{}.
8148
8149 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8150 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8151 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8152 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8153 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8154 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8155 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8156 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8157 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8158 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8159 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8160 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8161 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8162 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8163 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8164
8165 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8166 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8167 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
8168 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
8169 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
8170 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
8171 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
8172 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8173
8174 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8175 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8176 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8177 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8178 honor blocking.
8179
8180 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8181 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8182 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8183 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8184 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8185 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8186 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
8187 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
8188 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8189 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
8190 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8191 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8192 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8193 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8194 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
8195 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8196 correctly.
8197
8198 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8199 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8200 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8201 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8202 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8203
8204 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8205 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8206 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8207 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8208 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8209 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8210 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8211 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8212 around one megabyte.
8213
8214 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8215 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8216 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8217 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8218 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8219 device.
8220
8221 @menu
8222 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8223 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8224 @end menu
8225
8226 @node Format Variations
8227 @subsection Format Variations
8228 @cindex Format Parameters
8229 @cindex Format Options
8230 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8231 @cindex Options, format specifying
8232 @UNREVISED
8233
8234 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8235 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8236 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8237 store the archive.
8238
8239 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8240 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8241 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8242 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8243 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8244 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8245 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8246 examples of format parameter considerations.
8247
8248 @node Blocking Factor
8249 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8250 @cindex Blocking Factor
8251 @cindex Record Size
8252 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8253 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8254 @cindex Bytes per record
8255 @cindex Blocks per record
8256 @UNREVISED
8257
8258 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8259 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8260 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8261 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8262 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8263 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
8264 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8265 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8266 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8267
8268 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8269 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8270 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8271 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8272 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8273 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8274 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8275 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8276 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8277 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8278 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8279 writing archives.
8280
8281 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8282
8283 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8284 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8285 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8286 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8287 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8288 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8289
8290 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8291 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8292 example, this has been reported:
8293
8294 @smallexample
8295 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8296 @end smallexample
8297
8298 @noindent
8299 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8300 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8301 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8302 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8303 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8304 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8305 for example, might resolve the problem.
8306
8307 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8308 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8309 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8310 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8311 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8312 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8313 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8314 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8315 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8316 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8317 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8318 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8319 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8320
8321 @table @kbd
8322 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8323 @itemx -b @var{number}
8324 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8325 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8326 @end table
8327
8328 Device blocking
8329
8330 @table @kbd
8331 @item -b @var{blocks}
8332 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8333 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8334
8335 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8336 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8337 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8338 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8339 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8340 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8341
8342 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8343 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8344 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8345 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8346
8347 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8348 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8349 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8350 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8351 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8352
8353 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8354 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8355 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8356 updating the archive.
8357
8358 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8359 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8360 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8361 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8362
8363 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8364 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8365 the amount of available virtual memory.
8366
8367 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8368 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8369 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8370 @itemize @bullet
8371 @item
8372 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8373 @item
8374 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8375 redirected nor piped,
8376 @item
8377 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8378 device,
8379 @item
8380 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8381 invocation.
8382 @end itemize
8383
8384 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8385 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8386 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8387 topic:
8388
8389 @itemize @bullet
8390
8391 @item
8392 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8393 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8394 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8395 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8396 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8397 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8398
8399 @item
8400 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8401 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8402 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8403 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8404 ignored.
8405
8406 @item
8407 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8408 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8409 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8410 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8411 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8412 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8413 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8414
8415 @item
8416 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8417 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8418 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8419 @end itemize
8420
8421 @item -i
8422 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8423 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8424
8425 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8426 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8427 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8428 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8429 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8430 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8431 the zeroed blocks.
8432
8433 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8434 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8435 are stored on a single physical tape.
8436
8437 @item -B
8438 @itemx --read-full-records
8439 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8440
8441 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8442 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8443 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8444 record.
8445
8446 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8447 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8448 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8449 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8450 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8451 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8452
8453 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8454
8455 @end table
8456
8457 Tape blocking
8458
8459 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8460
8461 @cindex blocking factor
8462 @cindex tape blocking
8463
8464 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8465 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8466 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8467 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8468 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8469 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8470 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8471 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8472 tape motion without loosing information.
8473
8474 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8475 @cindex DAT blocking
8476 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8477 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8478 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8479 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8480 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8481 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8482 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8483 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8484 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8485 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8486 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8487 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8488 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8489 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8490 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8491 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8492
8493 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8494 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8495 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8496 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8497
8498 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8499 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8500 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8501
8502 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8503 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8504 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8505
8506 @node Many
8507 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8508
8509 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8510
8511 @findex ntape @r{device}
8512 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8513 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8514 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8515 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8516 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8517 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8518 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8519 device.
8520
8521 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8522 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8523 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8524 means that a simple:
8525
8526 @smallexample
8527 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8528 @end smallexample
8529
8530 @noindent
8531 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8532 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8533 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8534 just been saved.
8535
8536 @cindex tape positioning
8537 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8538 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8539 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8540 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8541 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8542 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8543 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8544 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8545 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8546 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8547 recovered.
8548
8549 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8550 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8551
8552 @smallexample
8553 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8554 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8555 @end smallexample
8556
8557 @cindex tape marks
8558 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8559 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8560 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8561 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8562 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8563 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8564 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8565 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8566 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8567 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8568 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8569
8570 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8571 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8572
8573 @smallexample
8574 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8575 @end smallexample
8576
8577 @noindent
8578 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8579
8580 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8581 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8582 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8583 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8584 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8585 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8586 these commands:
8587
8588 @smallexample
8589 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8590 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8591 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8592 @end smallexample
8593
8594 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8595 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8596
8597 @menu
8598 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8599 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8600 @end menu
8601
8602 @node Tape Positioning
8603 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8604 @UNREVISED
8605
8606 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8607 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8608 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8609 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8610 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8611 two at the end of all the file entries.
8612
8613 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8614 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8615
8616 @smallexample
8617 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8618 @end smallexample
8619
8620 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8621 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8622 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8623 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8624 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8625 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8626 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8627 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8628 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8629 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8630 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8631 restore script!}@FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8632 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8633
8634 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8635 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8636 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8637 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8638 following:
8639
8640 @smallexample
8641 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8642 @end smallexample
8643
8644 @node mt
8645 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8646 @UNREVISED
8647
8648 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8649 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8650 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8651
8652 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8653 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8654 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8655 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8656 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8657 together"?}
8658
8659 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8660
8661 @smallexample
8662 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8663 @end smallexample
8664
8665 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8666 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8667 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8668
8669 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8670
8671 @table @kbd
8672 @item eof
8673 @itemx weof
8674 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8675
8676 @item fsf
8677 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8678
8679 @item bsf
8680 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8681
8682 @item rewind
8683 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8684
8685 @item offline
8686 @itemx rewoff1
8687 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8688
8689 @item status
8690 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8691
8692 @end table
8693
8694 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8695
8696 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8697 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8698 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8699
8700 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8701 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8702 failed.
8703
8704 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8705
8706 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8707 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8708 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8709 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8710 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8711 @value{xref-label}.
8712 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8713 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8714 label.
8715
8716 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8717
8718 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8719 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8720 @UNREVISED
8721
8722 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8723 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8724 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8725 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8726 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8727
8728 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8729 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8730 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8731 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8732 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8733 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8734 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8735 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8736 file.)
8737
8738 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8739 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8740 process them properly.
8741
8742 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8743 responses:
8744
8745 @table @kbd
8746 @item ?
8747 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8748 @item q
8749 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8750 @item n @var{file name}
8751 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8752 @item !
8753 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8754 @item y
8755 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8756 @end table
8757
8758 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8759 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8760
8761 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8762 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8763 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8764 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8765 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8766 of the
8767 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8768 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8769
8770 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8771 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8772 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8773 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8774 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8775 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8776 never required for real, as far as we know.
8777
8778 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8779 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8780 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8781 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8782 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8783 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8784 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8785 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8786 the prompt.)
8787
8788 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8789 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8790 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8791 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8792 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8793 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8794 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8795 script).
8796
8797 Multi-volume archives
8798
8799 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8800 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8801 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8802 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8803
8804 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8805 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8806 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8807 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8808 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8809 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8810 the file begins.
8811
8812 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8813 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8814 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8815 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8816
8817 @smallexample
8818 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8819 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8820 @end smallexample
8821
8822 @menu
8823 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8824 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8825 @end menu
8826
8827 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8828 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8829 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8830 @UNREVISED
8831
8832 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8833 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8834 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8835 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8836 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8837 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8838
8839 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8840 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8841 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8842 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8843 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8844 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8845
8846 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8847 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8848 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8849 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8850 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8851 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8852
8853 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8854 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8855 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8856 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8857 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8858 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8859 information about extracting archives.
8860
8861 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8862 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8863 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8864 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8865 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8866 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8867 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8868
8869 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8870 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8871 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8872 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8873
8874 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8875 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8876 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8877 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8878 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8879
8880 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8881 @FIXME{example}
8882
8883 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8884 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8885
8886 @table @kbd
8887 @item --multi-volume
8888 @itemx -M
8889 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8890 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8891 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8892 operation.
8893
8894 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8895 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8896 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8897 @value{op-create}.
8898 @end table
8899
8900 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8901 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8902 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8903 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8904 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8905 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8906 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8907 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8908 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8909 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8910 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8911 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8912
8913 @node Tape Files
8914 @subsection Tape Files
8915 @UNREVISED
8916
8917 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8918 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8919 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8920 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8921 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8922 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8923 volume label will have
8924 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8925 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8926 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8927 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8928
8929 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8930 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8931 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8932 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8933 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8934 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8935 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8936
8937 People seem to often do:
8938
8939 @smallexample
8940 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8941 @end smallexample
8942
8943 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8944
8945 @node label
8946 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8947 @cindex Labeling an archive
8948 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8949 @UNREVISED
8950
8951 @table @kbd
8952 @item -V @var{name}
8953 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8954 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8955 @end table
8956
8957 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8958 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8959 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8960 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8961 next, and so on.
8962
8963 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8964
8965 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8966 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8967 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8968 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8969 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8970
8971 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8972 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8973 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8974 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8975 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8976 volume archives.}
8977
8978 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8979 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8980 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8981 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8982 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8983 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8984 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8985 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8986 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8987 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8988 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8989 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8990 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8991 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8992
8993 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
8994 under that name anymore.
8995
8996 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8997 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8998 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8999 in the example below:
9000
9001 @smallexample
9002 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
9003 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
9004 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
9005 @end smallexample
9006
9007 @table @kbd
9008 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
9009 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
9010 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
9011 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
9012 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
9013 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
9014 @value{op-extract} option.
9015 @end table
9016
9017 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
9018 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
9019 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9020 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9021
9022 @smallexample
9023 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9024 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9025 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9026 @end smallexample
9027
9028 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9029 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9030 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9031 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9032 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9033 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9034 is usually not the case.
9035
9036 @FIXME{was --volume}
9037
9038 @node verify
9039 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9040 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9041 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9042
9043 @table @kbd
9044 @item -W
9045 @itemx --verify
9046 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9047 @end table
9048
9049 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9050 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9051 are recorded on the standard error output.
9052
9053 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9054 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9055 cannot be verified.
9056
9057 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9058 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9059 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9060 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9061 it is up to date.
9062
9063 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9064 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
9065 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
9066 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9067 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9068
9069 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9070 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9071 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9072 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9073
9074 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
9075 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
9076 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
9077
9078 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9079 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
9080 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
9081 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9082 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
9083 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9084 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9085 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
9086 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9087 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9088 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9089 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9090
9091 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9092 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9093 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9094 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9095 as long as programming is concerned.
9096
9097 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
9098 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
9099 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
9100 for more information on these operations.
9101
9102 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9103 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9104 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9105 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9106 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9107
9108 @node Write Protection
9109 @section Write Protection
9110
9111 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9112 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9113 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9114 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9115 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9116 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9117
9118 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9119 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9120 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9121 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9122 changeable feature.
9123
9124 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9125 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9126 @include freemanuals.texi
9127
9128 @node Copying This Manual
9129 @appendix Copying This Manual
9130
9131 @menu
9132 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9133 @end menu
9134
9135 @include fdl.texi
9136
9137 @node Index
9138 @appendix Index
9139
9140 @printindex cp
9141
9142 @summarycontents
9143 @contents
9144 @bye
9145
9146 @c Local variables:
9147 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
9148 @c End:
This page took 0.439444 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.